Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 186

PHÂN PHỐI CHƯƠNG TRÌNH GIẢNG DẠY

Môn: Tiếng Anh Lớp: 6 ( thí điểm) theo Đề án NNQG 2020


Cả năm: 37 tuần (111 tiết)
Học kì I: 19 tuần x 03 tiết/tuần = 57 tiết
Học kì II: 18 tuần x 03 tiết/tuần = 54 tiết
HỌC KỲ I (19 tuần)

Tiết
Tuần PPCT
Tên bài/UNIT Nội dung chi tiết

1 Hướng dẫn học/ Kiểm tra


Tuần 1 2 UNIT 1 Unit 1: Getting started
3 UNIT 1 Unit 1: A closer look 1
4 UNIT 1 Unit 1: A closer look 2
Tuần 2 5 UNIT 1 Unit 1: Communication
6 UNIT 1 Unit 1: Skills 1
7 UNIT 1 Unit 1: Skills 2
Tuần 3 8 UNIT 1 Unit 1: Looking back & project
9 UNIT 2 Unit 2: Getting started
10 UNIT 2 Unit 2: A closer look 1
Tuần 4 11 UNIT 2 Unit 2: A closer look 2
12 UNIT 2 Unit 2: Communication
13 UNIT 2 Unit 2: Skills 1
Tuần 5 14 UNIT 2 Unit 2: Skills 2
15 UNIT 2 Unit 2: Looking back & project
16 Revision Revision: Unit 1 & Unit 2
Tuần 6 17 UNIT 3 Unit 3: Getting started
18 UNIT 3 Unit 3: A closer look 1
19 UNIT 3 Unit 3: A closer look 2
Tuần 7 20 UNIT 3 Unit 3: Communication
21 UNIT 3 Unit 3: Skills 1
22 UNIT 3 Unit 3: Skills 2
Tuần 8 23 UNIT 3 Unit 3: Looking back & project
24 Review 1
25 The first 45-minute test
Tuần 9 26 Correct the first 45-minute test
27 UNIT 4 Unit 4: Getting started
28 UNIT 4 Unit 4: A closer look 1
Tuần
29 UNIT 4 Unit 4: A closer look 2
10
30 UNIT 4 Unit 4: Communication
31 UNIT 4 Unit 4: Skill 1
Tuần
32 UNIT 4 Unit 4: Skill 2
11
33 UNIT 4 Unit 4: Looking back & project
34 Revision Revision Unit 3 & Unit 4
Tuần
35 UNIT 5 Unit 5: Getting started
12
36 UNIT 5 Unit 5: A closer look 1
1
37 UNIT 5 Unit 5: A closer look 2
Tuần
38 UNIT 5 Unit 5: Communication
13
39 UNIT 5 Unit 5: Skill 1
40 UNIT 5 Unit 5: Skill 2
Tuần
41 UNIT 5 Unit 5: Looking back & project
14
42 Review 2
43 The second 45-minute test
Tuần
44 Correct the second 45-minute test
15
45 UNIT 6 Unit 6: Getting started
46 UNIT 6 Unit 6: A closer look 1
Tuần
47 UNIT 6 Unit 6: A closer look 2
16
48 UNIT 6 Unit 6: Communication
49 UNIT 6 Unit 6: Skill 1
Tuần
50 UNIT 6 Unit 6: Skill 2
17
51 UNIT 6 Unit 6: Looking back & project
52 Revision Revision for the 1st term exam
Tuần
53 Revision Revision for the 1st term exam
18
54 Revision Revision for the 1st term exam
55 Revision Revision for the 1st term exam
Tuần
56 Examination The 1st term examination
19
57 Examination Correcting the 1st term examination

INTRODUCTION
- Date of preparation : - Week : 1st
- Date of teaching : - Period : 1st

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to know the content of the
lesson and the structure of new textbook and know how to learn English.
TARGET LANGUAGES : Simple tense
TEACHING AIDS : Textbook, CD, CD player, pictures
PROCEDURES :
TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE
7 I/ Warm up : Lucky number _ T asks Ss “What are _ Make class
 2 3 4 they ?” more exciting
5 6 7 8 _ Ss answer and attract Ss
1/ What’s your name ? _ T asks : Do you know to learn
2/ LN which game ? English.
3/ Where do you live ? _ T tells the rule of the
4/ What’s color do you like ? game.
5/ LN _ T divides class into 2
6/ Do you love your father ? groups.
7/ Do you live in O Mon ? _ T guides Ss to play game.
8/ LN _ Ss play game
16 II/ New lesson : _ T gets feedback _ Help Ss
2
* The student’s book : know the
_ The student’s book contains : structure of
+ The book map : Introduction to the textbook,
basics of each unit. _ T introduce the student’s workbook and
+ 12 topic – based Units, each covering 8 book. component of
sections to be taught in seven 45 minute _ Ss pay attention each units.
lessons.
+ 4 Reviews, each providing revision
and further practice of the previous three
units, to be dealt within two periods.
+ Glossary : Giving meaning and
phonetic transcription of the new words
in the units.
* The workbook :
_ The workbook mirrors and reinforces
the content of the Student’s book. It _ T introduce workbook.
offers : _ Ss pay attention
+ Further practice for the language and
skills taught in class and four additional
tests for students’ self assessment.
* CD
* The component of each unit :
+ Section 1 : Getting started _ T introduce the _ Helps Ss
+ Section 2 : Closer look 1 component of each unit. know how to
+ Section 3 : Closer look 2 _ Ss pay attention study new
+ Section 4 : Culture and communication English 6.
+ Section 5 : Skill 1 (Reading, speaking)
+ Section 6 : Skill 2 (Listening, Writing)
+ Section 7 : Looking back and project.
20 III/ How to study English 6:
1/ Reading skills : Skimming for gist and _ T guides Ss to know how
scanning for details to study English 6.
_ Reading aloud, practicing the _ Ss pay attention
pronunciation and intonation. _ T gets feedback.
_ Understand the meaning of new works
or guessing unfamiliar words in a logical
context.
_ Guessing what the text is about, what
words will appear in the text.
2/ Speaking skill : Spoken interaction
and spoken production.
_ Pronunciation
_ Repetition
_ Pair work / group work class
presentation
3/ Listening skill :
_ Before listening : Predict the listening
content, introduce the new language or
vocabulary
_ After listening : Show listening
comprehension in front of the class,
3
provide a follow – up spoken/written
activity.
4/ Writing skill :
_ Before writing : Understand why they
write and use the language input to
express the idea.
_ While writing : Work independently
under the teacher’s guideline
_ After writing : Consolidate the writing
skills through a follow – up activities.
5/ Pronunciation :
_ Phonetics (sounds in isolation and in
the context) : rhymes, chants and songs
6/ Vocabulary :
_ Understand, memorize and use words
appropriately in the specific contexts. _ T checks Ss by concept
7/ Grammar : checking.
_ Use correct grammatical patterns to
express the ideas in specific context. _ Ss take note.
1 IV/ Consolidation :

1 V/ Homework :
_ Prepare new lesson Unit 1 : Getting
started.

UNIT 1 : MY NEW SCHOOL


LESSON 1 : GETTING STARTED
Date of preparation : - Week : 1st
Date of teaching : - Period : 2nd
OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to know something
about the first day at school ( new friend, uniform … ) as well as
some expressions in the conversation.
TARGET LANGUAGES: The present simple and the present continuous
TEACHING AIDS : Textbook. Pictures. CD
PROCEDURES
TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE
7’ I/ WARM UP : Run through the words _ Make class
- Match the words with the & pictures more exciting
schoolthings : Do the task in groups and attract Ss
Ex : 1 – b Give feedback to learn
* AK : 1 – b , 2 – e , 3 – j , 4 – d , 5 – c Play the recording English.
6 – j , 7 – f , 8 – a , 9 – g , 10 – h Listen & repeat
8’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES :
- Pre – teach Vocab : Use pictures, situations _ Help Ss
+ knock ( v ) : gõ cửa … for the task know some
+ special ( a ) : đặc biệt Copy new words
+ excited ( a ) : hồi hợp
+ breakfast ( n ) : bữa điểm tâm, ăn sáng
+ poem ( n ) : bài thơ
+ uniform ( n ) : đồng phục Play the recording
4
- Listen to the conversation Listen the conversation (
Not opening the -Help Ss know
20’ III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES : textbook ) how to read
- Listen and read the conversation. ( 1/ Play the recording comprehension
p. 6 ) Listen and read through
- Write T/F for these sentences : the conversation
Ex : 1/ Vy and Duy are early - T Do the task in pairs
Give feedback
* AK : 1 – T , 2 – T , 3 – F, 4 – T , 5 – F
- Find the expressions in the Ask Ss to do the task
conversation & check the meanings : ( Explain the expressions
1.b ) Work in pairs
Ex : Oh, dear - Trời ơi ! - Practice
- Practice the conversation ( 1.c ) Play the recording reading the
8’ IV/ POST – ACTIVITIES : Listen and read poem fluently
- Listen & read the poem : ( 2 / p. 6 ) Work in pairs & write a
Get up, Nam poem about their partner.
Get up, Nam Read the poem aloud

Divide the class into 4
Get up, Tam groups & ask them to do
Get up, Tam the task -Know how to
… learn at home
2’ V/ HOMEWORK : Ask Ss to do the task at
- Learn Vocab at home and add more home
some words about schoolthings.
- Find some words about sports &
subjects.

UNIT 1 : MY NEW SCHOOL


LESSON 2 : A CLOSER LOOK 1
Date of preparation : - Week : 1st
Date of teaching : -
Period : 3 rd

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to talk about school
activit subjects and what Ss do at school. Another poit is that how to
pronounce correctly the sounds / əʊ / & / ʌ / .
TARGET LANGUAGES: The present simple and the present continuous
TEACHING AIDS : Textbook. Pictures. CD
PROCEDURES
TIM CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ RATIONALE
E ACTIVITIES
3’ I/ WARM UP : Kim’s game Run through the _ Make class
words & pictures more exciting
Do the task in groups and attract Ss
English music football Give feedback to learn
Friend uniform English.

5
9’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES : Use pictures, _ Help Ss
- Pre – teach Vocab : situations … for the know some
+ Physics ( n ) : môn Vật Lý task new words
+ History ( n ) : môn Lịch Sử Copy
+ Science ( n ) : môn Khoa Học
+ Lesson ( n ) : bài học
+ School lunch ( n ) : bữa ăn trưa ở trường
- Put the words into groups :
play do have study Run through the
Football Homewo School Physics words
Music rk lunch English Do the task in pairs -Help Ss know
Judo Lessons History how to read
Exercises Vocabula comprehension
ry
Science

20’ III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES :


- Correct the answers.
Play the recording - Practice
Listen and check the reading the
- Put one of these words in each blank : answers Give sounds
Ex : 1/ I do judo with my friend, Vy. feedback
* AK : 1 / homework 2/ foofball Listen & repeat the
3/ lessons 4/ judo words
5/ science Do the task
- Listen & repeat the words ( 4 / P.8 ) individually
EX : / əʊ / : judo … Give feedback
/ʌ/ : brother … Play the recording
Listen and repeat
Play the recording
- Listen to the words & put them into two Listen & do the task
groups. individual
Ex : / əʊ / : rode
/ʌ/ : some Work in pairs/ groups
to do pure feedback
Give feedback
* AK :
/ əʊ / : rode don’t hope
homework post
/ ʌ / : some Monday month come one
12’
IV/ POST – ACTIVITIES :
- Listen, repeat & underline the sounds
/ou/ & Play the recording
/ʌ/: Let Ss repeat sentence
by sentence.
EX :
Help them recognize
They are going to open a new librayry.
6
* AK : the two sounds .
1/ They are going to open a new librayry. Underline the sounds
/ əʊ / / əʊ / Give feedback
2/ I’m coming home from school.
/ʌ / / əʊ /
Ask Ss to do the task -Know how to
at home learn at home
3/ His brother eats lunch in the school canteen. Work in groups of
/ʌ / four
4/ The new school year starts next month.
/ʌ /
5/ My brother is doing his homework.
/ʌ / / əʊ /
6/ He goes to the judo club every Sunday.
/ əʊ / / əʊ / /ʌ /

1’
V/ HOMEWORK :
- Do exercise A 1 ( workbook / P. 3 –
Phonetics )
- Check the meanings of these words :
bicycle, library, wear, badminton …

UNIT 1 : MY NEW SCHOOL


LESSON 3,4 : A CLOSER LOOK 2
Date of preparation : - Week : 2nd
Date of teaching : - Period : 4th
+5th

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to use the present
simple to talk about something often happens or fixed & the present
continous to talk about something is happening now.
TARGET LANGUAGES: The present simple and the present continuous
TEACHING AIDS : Textbook. Pictures. CD, posters
PROCEDURES
TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ RATIONALE
ACTIVITIES
5’ I/ WARM UP : Put the verbs into the correct Run through the words _Make class
columns : Do the task in groups more exciting
Work, lives, ride, studying, walk, teaches, Give feedback and attract Ss
playing, doing ,love, having to learn
V.o Vs,es V-ing English.
Work lives studying

_ Help Ss
15’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES : know some
- Pre – teach Vocab : new words
7
+ playground ( n ) : sân chơi Use pictures, situations
+ break ( n ) : giờ giải lao … for the task
+ ride a bicycle : đi xe đạp Copy
+ library ( n ) : thư viện
+ badminton ( n ) : môn cầu lông
- Explain the grammar points : -Help Ss know
1/ Simple Present Tense : Give some examples how to use of
Ex : I go to school every day. for the task the present
He walks to school every day. Ask Ss to regconize the simple
He goes to school every day. srtuctures
Explain the uses of
S + V.o/Vs,es tenses
+ to use the present simple to talk about
something often happens or fixed ( Ss can read more in
2/ Present Continuos Tense : textbook / p. 9 )
Ex : I am studying English.
He is studying English.
We are studying English.
S + am/is/are + V-ing
+ to use the present continous to talk about
somethingis happening now.

20’ III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES :


- Put the verbs into the correct form :
Ex : 1 – has - Practice
* AK : using the pre
2/ do ..have 3/ love 4/ Does Vy walk 5/ simple fluently
ride Give the task &
6/ teaches 7/ doesn’t play 8/ reads 9/ go 10/ examples
do Do the task in pairs
- Make questions from the cues and then Give feedback
interview the partner :
Ex : Do you ride your bicyle to school ?
* AK :
2/ Do you read in the library at break time ?
3/ Do you like your new school ?
4/ Do your friends go to school with you ? Give one example &
5/ Do you do your homework after school ? then ask Ss to do the
- Listen & underline the present task - Practice
continuous form : Correct the answer using the pre
Ex : is knocking Work in pairs for the continuous
task fluently
- Put the verbs into the correct form :
Ex : am having
* AK : Play the recording
1/ am not having 2/ are studying Listen the conversation
3/ aren’t doing 4/ am having & do the task
5/ are riding Give feedback

3’ IV/ POST – ACTIVITIES :


- Choose the correct tense od the verbs Ask Ss to do the task
8
( 7. / p. 16 ) in pairs
Ex : My family have/ are having dinner now. Give feedback &
* AK : explaination -Help Ss
identify the
2/ wears Give an example for pre simple &
2/ starts the task the pre
3/ is watching Do the task continuous
4/ are skipping individually
Give feedback
2’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Learn Vocab at home and do the 8th Give the task -Help Ss know
part / p. 16 . Do the task at home how to learn at
home

UNIT 1 : MY NEW SCHOOL


LESSON 5 : COMMUNICATION
Date of preparation : - Week : 2nd
Date of teaching : - Period : 6th

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to ask appropriate
questions when making new friends at a new school.
TARGET LANGUAGES: The present simple and the present continuous
TEACHING AIDS : Textbook. Pictures, posters
PROCEDURES :
TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONAL
E
7’ I/ WARM UP : Ask Ss to share the _Make class
- Correct the homework ( part 8/ p. 10 ) answers more exciting
Give feedback and attract Ss
Ex : are , I’m doing … to learn
English.
8’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES :
- Present Vocab :
+ pocket money ( n ) : tiến túi Use examples, situations _ Help Ss
+ share ( v ) : chia sẻ for the task know some
+ help ( n, v) : giúp đỡ Copy new words
+ keep quiet : giữ yên lặng

Name age

A new
friend Ask Ss to make questions
from the cues
Address phone Do the task individually
number

20’ III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES : -Help Ss


- Read & tick ( ν ) the questions you Run through the questions know how to
9
think are suitable to ask a new friend Do the task individually read
at school. Share the answer in pairs/ comprehensio
Ex : Are you from around here ? groups n

- Read the quiz and turn to interview Give the task & examples
the others Do the task in groups
Ex : Do you help your teacher in the class ?
Yes, I do / No, I don’t.
8’ IV/ POST – ACTIVITIES : Do the task in pairs - Practice
- Do the presentation by interviewing Control for help speaking
the others fluently
Ex : Do you remember all your new Divide the class into 4
classmates’ name ? groups & ask them to do
Yes, I do / No, I don’t. the task -Help Ss
2’ V/ HOMEWORK : know how to
- Find some words about school & learn at home
subjects

UNIT 1 : MY NEW SCHOOL


LESSON 6 : SKILLS 1
Date of preparation : - Week : 3rd
Date of teaching : - Period : 7th

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to know some
different kinds of schools as well as activities at schools
TARGET LANGUAGES: The present simple and the present continuous
TEACHING AIDS : Textbook. Pictures, posters
PROCEDURES:
TIM CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ RATIONAL
E ACTIVITIES E
5’ I/ WARM UP : Kim’s game Run through the words _Make class
Ask Ss to do the task more exciting
Girls subject Give feedback and attract Ss
mountain to learn
playground English.
Club basketball …
10’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES :
- Present Vocab : Use examples, _ Help Ss
+ boarding school ( n ) : trường nội trú situations, pictures for know some
+ overseas ( n,adv ) : ( ở ) nước ngoài the task new words
+ surround ( v ) : bao quanh Copy
+ international ( a ) : quốc tế
+ equipment ( n ) : thiết bị
+ creative ( a ) : sáng tạo
- Write T ( True ) or F ( False ) for these
statements :

10
1/ There are two schools from the reading. ( F )
2/ You can know different kinds of school from Run through the
the reading. ( T ) statements
3/ People do many activities at their schools ( T Read the statements
) and do the task
4/ The schools are in the countryside. ( F ) ( without opening the -Help Ss
20’ III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES : textbook ) know how to
- Read the readings and check the read
answers. comprehensio
- Read the text again and complete these Read the texts and n
sentences : correct the prediction.
Ex : 1 - … boarding Do the task in pairs
* AK : Control the class
2/ Vinabrita Run through the
3/ Australia questions
4/ mountains Do the task
5/ English speaking teachers individually
8’ IV/ POST – ACTIVITIES : Share the answer in
- Discuss with friends : pairs/ groups - Practice
Name of Reasons you Reasons you Give feedback speaking
school like it don’t like it fluently

2’ V/ HOMEWORK : Ask Ss to refer back to -Help Ss


- Learn Vocab at home. the three schools. know how to
- Prepare some questions for the new Give some background learn at home
lesson of the schools.
Ex : What is the name of your school ? ( p.13 ) Do the task in groups

UNIT 1 : MY NEW SCHOOL


LESSON 7 : SKILLS 2
Date of preparation : - Week : 3rd
Date of teaching : - Period : 8th

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to write a webpage
for their school, use correct punctuation. In addition, they will able
to practice listening to get information about school activities.
TARGET LANGUAGES: The present simple and the present continuous
TEACHING AIDS : Textbook. Pictures, posters , CD
PROCEDURES :

TIM CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONAL


E E
5’ I/ WARM UP : Pelmanism Run through the pcitures _Make class
Picture A Picture B Picture C Picture D & the cues more exciting
… Ask Ss to do the task and attract Ss
Dance draw pictures paly soccer Give feedback to learn
… English.
Read through the
11
10’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES : questions _ Help Ss
- Listen & choose the correct answers : Play the recording listen &
EX : 1. Susie ….. being at a girls’ school. Listen & do the task choose the
a. likes b. doesn’t like Give feedback correct
* AK : 2. A 3. B 4. B 5. A Give the task & an answer
- Correct the punctuation in the sentences. example
Ex : School starts on the 5th September. Do the task in pairs

20’ III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES :


- Correct the task. Give feedback for the -Help Ss
* AK : task know how to
2/ Does he live in Ha Noi ? write the
3/ I’m excited about the first day of school. webpage
4/ Are you doing your homework ?
5/ We’re having an English lesson in class.
- Explain the writing tip – good punctuation. Explain the target
( p. 13 ) language by using
- Write the correct version. poster, examples,
Ex : Hi. I’m Phong and I’m from Ho Chi Minh textbook
City. I wear my uniform to school every day.
My favorite teacher is Mr. Trung. He teaches
me science.
Create a webpage for your school. Tell Ss how to design a
Có rất nhiều phần mềm được sử dụng để thiết simple website
kế website như: Dreamweaver, PHP Editor,
Zend, Visual Studio, Zend Studio/PHPEclipse,
Notepad++, EditPlus - Practice
+ trang chủ + nội dung + liên lạc … Do the task in groups writing
- Write an introduction for the webpage by
using the questions .
- Ex : My school is Cho Moi Secondary
school…
8’ IV/ POST – ACTIVITIES :
- Correct the writing
Correct & give ideas for -correct Ss’
Ss’ writings mistakes
2’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Learn Vocab at home.
- Think about Ss’ dream school. ( have a -Help Ss
swimming pool ) know how to
Ex : What is the name of your school ? ( p.13 ) learn at home

12
UNIT 1 : MY NEW SCHOOL
LESSON 8,9 : LOOKING BACK & PROJECT – 15’ TEST
Date of preparation : - Week : 3rd +4th
Date of teaching : - Period : 9th
+10th
OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to review what they
have learnt during the unit – Simple Present, Present Continous, vocabulary of school …
TARGET LANGUAGES: The present simple and the present continuous
TEACHING AIDS : Textbook. Pictures, posters , CD
PROCEDURES :

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ RATIONAL


ACTIVITIES E
5’ I/ WARM UP : Write the words for the Ask Ss to do the task _Make class
pictures Give feedback more exciting
( 1/p24 ) and attract Ss
Ex : 1 – dicitonary … Read through the to learn
* Ak : 2. uniform 3. pencil sharpener words English.
4. notebook 5. compass 6. caculator

II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES : _ Help Ss


- Match the words in A with the ones in B . Do the task in pairs revise the
EX : 1. b Give feedback vocabulary
* AK : 2. c 3. a 4. d

III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES :


- Listen and write the words in the correct
places :
EX : Play – sports Play the recording -Help Ss
* AK : Listen & do the task revise the
Play : sports , badminton , music Give feedback phrase
Do : morning exercise, homework
Study :new words, geography
Have : English lessons, a new book
- Complete the sentences with the present simple
:
Ex : 1 – comes
* AK : 2. don’t , 3. walks 4.do 5. teaches 6.
play
- Complete the sentences with the present
continous : Give the task & an -Help Ss
Ex : 1 – are doing example revise the
* AK : 2. are riding , 3. is … studying , 4. is tenses
13
having
5. am walking 6. is teaching Do the task
- Complete the text with the correct form of the individually
verbs :
Ex : 1. lives Check S’s
* AK : 2. is , 3. has , 4. is walking , 5. go understanding
6. study 7. are working 8. loves
- Match the questions with the correct answers :
Ex : a- e
* AK : b- g , c- h , d- f Speaking practice in - Practice
pairs speaking
fluently
IV/ POST – ACTIVITIES :
Discuss in groups
have a swinmming pool a sports Control the class for
ground help
Your dream
school Do the task in groups

V/ HOMEWORK :
- Learn Vocab at home. -Help Ss
- Collect the words about family : father … know how to
learn at home

14
UNIT 2 : MY HOME
LESSON 1 : GETTING STARTED
Date of preparation : Week :
4 th

Date of teaching : Period : 11th


OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able use the lexical items
related to the topic “ My home ‘’ : family members, rooms and
furniture …. In addition, they will be able to use prepositions of
place.
TARGET LANGUAGE: There is / There isn’t & There are / There aren’t. Prepositions
of place.
TEACHING AIDS : Textbook. Pictures, posters , CD
PROCEDURES :
TIM CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ RATIONAL
E ACTIVITIES E
5’ I/ WARM UP : -Make class
Ask Ss to do the more exciting
Father Family mother task and attract Ss
members
Give feedback to learn
English.

Brother

5’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES :


- Pre – teach Vocab :
+ sofa ( n ) : ghế tràng kỷ _ Help Ss
+ apartment ( n ) : căn hộ Use pictures for the know some
+ living room ( n ) : phòng khách task vocabulary
+ bedroom ( n ) : phòng ngủ Copy
+ bathroom ( n ) : phòng tắm
+ pillow ( n ) : gối nằm -
- Guessing : Which family members does Mi
talk about ?
Grandparents
Dad Ν Help Ss know
Mum Ν Use Open – some
Brother Ν prediction for the members
Uncle task before
Aunt Ν Read through the practice
Counsin Ν words reading
Do the task in pairs
20’ III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES :
- Listen, read and correct the prediction.
- Read the conversation again & complete the
sentences :
Ex : 1 – TV, sofa - Practice
* AK : 2- town house 3. sitting on the sofa Play the recording reading
4- noisy 4- three Listen & do the task comprehensio
15
- Match the prepostions with the pictures. n
Ex : A – on
* AK : b- next to c- behind d – in
e- in front of f- between g – unnder
Ex : The dog is on the chair
Write T ( True ) or F ( False ) for the sentences : Give feedback
Ex : 1 –F
* AK : 2. T Do the task
3. F ( The clock is between the pictures ) individually
4. F ( The cat is in front of the computer ) Correct the answers
5. F ( The cat is next to the pillow )
6. T
IV/ POST – ACTIVITIES :
10’ - Look at the picture again. Answer the Do the task in pairs
questions. Speaking practice -Practice
Ex : Where are the books ? speaking
They are on the the desk/ bookshelf. Give the task & an
* AK : example
2. They are on the floor. Do the task
3. Yes, it si individually
4. No, they aren’t . They’re on the bed. Give feedback
5. It’s behind the bookshelf. Speaking practice
6. No, it isn’t. It’s next to the desk. in pairs
Control the class for
V/ HOMEWORK : help
5’ - Learn Vocab at home.
- Answer the questions : Do the task at home
What are there in your house ? -Help Ss
What are there in your room ? know how to
learn at home

UNIT 2 : MY HOME
LESSON 2 A CLOSER LOOK 1

Date of preparation : Week :


4 th 16
OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students can pronounce correctly the
ending sounds / z /, / s/, /iz / in isolation and in context as well as
describle the furniture in house/ rooms.
TARGET LANGUAGE: There is / There isn’t & There are / There aren’t.
TEACHING AIDS : Textbook. Pictures, posters , CD
PROCEDURES :

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ RATIONALE


ACTIVITIES
5’ I/ WARM UP : Kim ‘s game Use pictures/ posters for _Make class
the task more exciting
Chair Table Ask Ss to do the task and attract Ss
Give feedback to learn
5’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES : English.
- Pre – teach Vocab :
+ wardrobe ( n ) : tủ quần áo Use pictures for the task
+ chest of drawer ( n ) : tủ có ngăn kéo Copy _ Help Ss
+ dishwasher ( n ) : máy rữa bát dĩa revise the
+ fridge ( n ) : tủ lạnh vocabulary
+ microwave ( n ) : lò vi sóng
+ air conditioner ( n ) : máy điều hòa nhiệt
độ
* Name the rooms of the house : Do the task individually
Ex : a. living room Correct the answers
* AK : b. bedroom c. attic d. -Help Ss revise
bathroom Play the recording the words
e. kitchen f. hall Listen & do the task
20’ III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES :
- Listen & repeat the words : -Help Ss
Ex : lamp Have Ss read out the pronounce
- Pronunciation / z /, / s/, /iz / : words first. correctly
+ Listen and repeat the words : Play the recording
Ex : posters … Listen & do the task
+ Listen again & put the words in the correct
columns
/z/ / s/ /iz /
Posters, Lamps, Fridges
tables, sinks,
wardrobe, toillets
beds Explain the ways to
 Note : pronounce
+ / s / : after voiceless sounds
UNIT ( / t/,
2 /:p/,MY HOME
/f/, /θ / ) - cats,LESSON
lamps, books, Give the task & an
1: GETTING STARTED
months
Date of preparation :
example
Week :
4 th
17
Date of teaching : Period : 11th
+ / iz/ : after / s/ , / z / , /∫/, / t∫/ , / Do the task individually
dʒ/ - buses , houses, toothbrushes, and then check the
watches, pages answer with their
+ / z / : the resr of the two ways – partner
beds, cans Play the recording to
- Read the conversation & underline check the answers - Practice
the finals/es & write / z /, / s/, /iz / Practice the reading
( 7.8 / 19 ) conversation fluently
Ex : things
@ AK :
/ z / : things, pictures
/ s/ : lights, chopticks
/iz / : dishes, vases Work in pairs -Practice
Practice speaking skill speaking
10’ IV/ POST – ACTIVITIES : fluently
- Think of a room. Ask & answer to
guess the room;
Ex : What’s in the room ?
A sofa and a television Do the task individually
Is it the living room ? -Help Ss know
Yes, it is how to learn at
5’ V/ HOMEWORK : home
- Learn Vocab at home.
- Describle the things there are in your
house/ rooms.
Ex : There is a TV in the living room

UNIT 2 : MY HOME
LESSON 3: A CLOSER LOOK 2
Date of preparation : Week :
5 th

Date of teaching : Period : 13th

18
OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to use “ There is/
There are ‘’ to describe houses, rooms and furniture .
TARGET LANGUAGE: There is / There isn’t & There are / There aren’t.
TEACHING AIDS : Textbook. Pictures, posters
PROCEDURES :
TIM CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONAL
E E
5’ I/ WARM UP : Kim’s game ( With picture ) Use pictures ( p. 20 _Make class
What are there in the kitchen ? students’ book ) more exciting
There is a fridge. Ask Ss to do the task and attract Ss
Give feedback to learn
10’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES : English.
- Explain the grammar point :
+ Positive : Elicit the form from the
There is + one/a + Singular noun Ss _ Help Ss
There are + ( two/ five … ) + plural noun Use pictures for the task revise the
+ Negative : There isn’t … / There aren’t … Copy structure
+ Questions : Is there … ?/ Are there … ?
Yes, there is / No, there isn’t
Yes, there are/ No, there aren’t
Ex : There is a chair in my room
There are two tables in my house.

20’ III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES :


- Write is or are : -Help Ss
Ex : There is a sofa in the living room. revise the
* AK : 2/ are , 3/ are , 4/ is , 5/ are Give the task & an tenses
- Make the negative sentences : example
Ex : There isn’t a sofa in the living room. Do the task individually
- Write positive & negative sentences : Correct the answers
Ex : There are pictures in the living room.
There aren’t pictures in the living room.
* AK : Speaking practice in
2/ There is a TV on the table/ There isn’t ... pairs
3/ There is a boy near the cupboard. / There ( One student say the
isn’t positive sentence and
- Look at the picture & write isn/isn/t, other says the negative
are/aren’t sentence )
Ex : 1- is
* AK : 2 – is , 3 – are , 4- are , 5 – aren’t , 6 – Do the task individually
isn’t Give feedback - Practice
speaking
*Complete the questions with “Is/ Are there” fluently
Ex : 1 – is there a fride … ?
* AK : 2 – is there , 3 – are there -Help Ss
4 – is there , 5 – are there Do the task in pairs know how to
Control the class for learn at home
8’ IV/ POST – ACTIVITIES : help
- Interwiev your partner :
Where’s your house ?
19
What are there in your house ? Do the task at home

2’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Learn Vocab at home.
- Prepare a picture of your house .

UNIT 2 : MY HOME
LESSON 4 : COMUNICATION
Date of preparation : Week : 5th
Date of teaching :
Period : 14th
OBJECTIVES :By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to describe as well
as compare pictures through speaking practice.
TARGET LANGUAGE: There is / There isn’t & There are / There aren’t. Prepositions
of place

20
TEACHING AIDS : Textbook. Pictures, posters
PROCEDURES:
TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE
5’ I/ WARM UP : Missing words : Run through the missing _Make class
1/ TOWN 2/ COUNTRY words more exciting
3/ APARTMENT 4/ GARDEN Ask Ss to do the task and attract Ss
5/ FRIDGE 6/ Give feedback to learn
CUPBOARD English.
8’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES :
- Pre – teach vocab : Use pictures for the task
+ villa ( n ) : biệt thự Copy _ Help Ss
+ stilt house ( n ) : nhà sàn know some
- Look at the picture and asnwer some vocabulary
questions : Use pre – questions for
Ex : Is the house in the city ? the task
Is there a garden around the house ?
20’ III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES : Look at the picture and
- Complete the sentences : do the task in groups of -Help Ss
Ex : 1 – country four speaking in
* AK : 2/ are 3/ is 4/ are group
5/ on 6/ next to 7/ on 8/ is
- Find the differences between the two Run through the task &
houses examples
Ex : Nick lives in a country house . Where
does Mi live ?
She lives in a town house. Do the task in pairs
+ Pay attention to : numbers of room , what
there are in each room
Mi’s house : 4 rooms Nick ‘s house : 6
rooms
… - Practice
10’ IV/ POST – ACTIVITIES : Do the task in pairs first speaking
- Tell about Ss’s house : and then individually fluently
Ex : My house is in the country. There are Describe the house to the
four rooms in my house : living room, class
kitchen, two bedrooms …. Control the class for help -Help Ss know
2’ V/ HOMEWORK : how to learn at
- Learn Vocab at home. Do the task at home home
- Look for some information about
Dalat
UNIT 2 : MY HOME
LESSON 5 : SKILLS 1
Date of preparation : Week : 5th
Date of teaching :
Period : 15th

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to predict the topic and
then decide what is the topic of the text.
TARGET LANGUAGE: There is / There isn’t & There are / There aren’t.
TEACHING AIDS : Textbook. Pictures, posters
21
PROCEDURES :

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


2’ I/ WARMER : Pelmanism Run through the pictures _Make class
Picture 1 Picture 2 Picture 3 … Play the game more exciting
Town house apartment stilt house … Use pictures for the task and attract Ss
to learn
8’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES : English.
- Pre – teach vocab : Use situations/examples _ Help Ss
+ crazy ( a ) : điên cuồng, kì dị for task know the
+ tourist ( a ) : khách du lịch Copy vocabulary
+ messy ( a ) : bề bộn , bừa bãi
- Guessing the answers : Use pre – questions for the
1/ Are you going to read a letter ? task
2/ What is the topic ? Answer the questions
3/ Tell class three things you know about Da Lat. Read the text quickly & -Help Ss read
check the answers comprehension
15’ III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES : Read the text in detail to
- Read & check the prediction. answer the questions
- Answer the questions : ( part 3/ p. 40 ) Compare the questions
Ex : Is Nick with his brother and sister ? together
No, he isn’t. Give feedback
* AK : 2/ There are ten rooms
3/ Because there’s a big tiger on the wall.
4/ It’s under the bed. Run through the task &
- Check & tick ( ν ) the things in the room : examples
Ex : a window ν - Practice
* AK : a lamp, a tiger, a shelf, a desk Make simple drawings speaking
Do the task in pairs fluently
15’ IV/ POST – ACTIVITIES : Control for help
- Create a new room for the hotel and draws a
Do the task at home -Help Ss know
plan of the room. thu đặc trưng của thiên nhiên như how to learn at
- Describe the rooms. hốc cây, thân tre, quả bầu, cọp,
home
Ex : It’s a double room. There’re two bed in the gấu, đại bàng, kangaroo, chim
trĩ… Các căn phòng này được thiết
room. kế gọn trong hai thân cây cổ thụ
(bằng bê tông), tạo cảm giác như
2’ đang lạc vào khu rừng kỳ lạ và bí
V/ HOMEWORK :
hiểm. Đêm về, nếu ngủ trong các
- Learn Vocab at home. căn phòng này, nhìn thẳng lên trần
- Prepare : How to write an e- mail nhà có thể thỏa thích ngắm nhìn
* Note : Được xây dựng từ năm 1990 trên khuôn viên rộng gần trăng sao… Một du khách nước
1.900m2 ở số 3 đường Huỳnh Thúc Kháng, công trình này ban ngoài ghi vào sổ lưu niệm: “Đây là
đầu có tên là biệt thự Hằng Nga, sau đổi thành “Crazy house” hay tòa lâu đài độc đáo, khác thường
“Ngôi nhà kỳ dị”. Nói “ngôi nhà” là chưa thật chính xác, vì đây là và hoang tưởng nhất Việt Nam, nếu
một quần thể kiến trúc lạ mắt được People’s Daily bình chọn là không nói là của vùng Đông Nam
một trong 10 ngôi nhà kỳ dị nhất thế giới. Với lối kiến trúc phá Á”.
cách theo trường phái biểu hiện, tòa lâu đài trông tựa như những
gốc cây hoặc một phần cơ thể của những con thú hoang dã ẩn hiện
trong rừng già. Những ô cửa sổ lồi lõm hình thù kỳ lạ, xếp đặt có vẻ
thiếu “ngăn nắp” nhưng nhìn kỹ thì như những con mắt của thú
rừng. Du khách có thể ngắm nhìn khu vườn trong biệt thự với một
tấm mạng nhện khổng lồ bằng sắt ở ngay lối vào. Tiếp tục vượt qua
những bậc thang ngoằn ngoèo quấn quanh gốc cây, sẽ lần lượt khám
phá những căn phòng ấm cúng với hình

22
UNIT 2 : MY HOME
LESSON 6 : SKILLS 2
Date of preparation : Week : 6th
Date of teaching :
Period : 16th

BJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to review punctuation and
capitalisation rules as well as how to write an e-mail.
TARGET LANGUAGE: There is / There isn’t & There are / There aren’t.
TEACHING AIDS : Textbook. Pictures, posters , CD
PROCEDURES :
23
TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE
2’ I/ WARMER : Kim’s Game Run through the question _Make class
What are there in the Crazy House ? Do the task in group more exciting
Check the answers and attract Ss
Ask Ss to guess the things to learn
English.
3’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES : Play the recording -Help Ss revise
- Guess the furniture in the room : Listen and do the task the words
Ex : Table stool + Guess where to put the
25’ III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES : things first _ Help Ss
- Listen & check the answer : + Listen & check the listen
* AK : fireplace, wardrobe, table, stool, sofa, bed answers comprehension
- Listen & draw the furniture in the correct Give feedback
place . Ask Ss to read the tips first
* AK : ( Tape script ) : Explain the tips
- Read the tips – How to write an e-mail to a - Practice
friend ( p.23 ) Ask Ss to do the task first writing an e-
- Read Nick’c email & identify the subject, Give feedback & mail
greeting, introduction, body and explaination
conclusion
* AK : Subject : My house Check the punctuation,
Greeting : Hi, Sophia capitalisation …
Introduction : Thanks … house Give feedback
Body : I live …e- mail
Conclusion : Best wishes
- The writing process :
Explain the process by
+ Plan : Brainstorm vocabulary ..
using examples
+ Draft : Write a draft
+ Check : Punctuation , capitalisation …
- Write an e- mail to Nick tell him about Run through the questions
your house by using the questions for for the task
inforamtion : Do the task individually
1/ Where is your house ? Control for help
2/ How many rooms are there in your house ?
What are they ?
3/ What is your favorite room ?
12’ Write about 40 – 50 words
IV/ POST – ACTIVITIES : Use posters to do the task
- Correct the writings : Pay attention to form,
* Suggested e – mail : punctuation …
From : vuxuan1971@yahoo.com.vn
To : trnguyetanh@gmail.com
Subject : My house
Hi Anh,
Thanks for your e-mail. Now I’ll tell you about my
house.
I live with my parents and my sister in a town
house. It’s not very big. There are five rooms : a
living room, a kitchen, two bedrooms and a
bathroom. I like the living room best.
What about you ? How is your new apartment ?
Tell me in your next e- mail.
Best wishes
Xuan

24
3’ V/ HOMEWORK : Do the task at home -Help Ss know
- Learn Vocab at home. how to learn at
- Prepare : What is your dream house ? home
* Tape scrip :
Nick’s mum : Nick’s staying in the Tiger room.
We’re stayig in the Bear room. There ‘s a big bear
near the door. The bear is actually a fireplace . In
the far corner, there is a window. The shelves aew
in front of it. Next to the shelves is a big bed.
There’s a wardrobe next to the bed .
Nick’s dad : Oh, here are also two other windows
in the room. In front of these windows, there’s a
sofa, a table and two stools. We like the room
because it’s comfortable.

UNIT 2 : MY HOME
LESSON 7,8 : LOOKING BACK & PROJECT
Date of preparation : Week :
6th
Date of teaching : Period :

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to describe places ( homes,
rooms …) as well as to review fo the lexical items to the topic “ My
home’’.
TARGET LANGUAGE: There is / There isn’t & There are / There aren’t.
TEACHING AIDS : Textbook. Pictures, posters
PROCEDURES :
TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE
7’ I/ WARMER : Put the words into correct Run through the words _Make class
items Do the task in groups more exciting and
( part 1/ p.44 ) Give feedback attract Ss to learn
Living room attic bed hal … English.
Types of Rooms Furniture
building

25
Villa , Living room, Picture,
apartment , hall, cupboard,
town house, bathroom, chest of
still house, bedroom, drawer,
country kitchen, attic wardrobe,
house sofa,
dishwashe,
desk Ask Ss to add more words
* Note : 1 – cottage, farmhouse, detached for each group
house. Bungalow
2- dining room, guestroom, utility _ Help Ss revise
room.. the grammar
3- stool, armchair … Run through the picture &
3’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES : give one example for the
- Look at the picture and complete the task
sentences ( part 3 – p.44 ) Do the task individually
Ex : 1 – There is Give feedback -Help Ss revise
* AK : 2. There are, 3. There is, 4. There the preposition
aren’t , There is, There aren’t
20’ III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES :
- Make sentences. Use appropriate Look at the pictures &
prepositions of place ( Part 2 / p. 44 ) write the sentences
Ex : The boy is on the table . Correct the sentences
* AK : 2/ The dog is in front of the kenel
3/ The cat is between the bookshelf
and the sofa.
4/ The cat is behind the computer
5/ The girl is in the armchair.
6/ The boy is next to the armchair. First speaking & then
- Write six sentences to describe your writing the sentences
house.
Ex : There’s a big bed next to the door. Ask Ss to draw a cat
- Find the cat in the house : ( DON’T SHOW TO
Ex : THEIR PARTNERS )
A: Where is the cat ? Work in groups of three
B : Is ti on the bed ? Go around and observe Ss - Practice
A : No, it isn’t. working speaking fluently
C: Is it under the table ? Correct the mistakes
A : Yes, it is
10’ IV/ POST – ACTIVITIES : Give the task & examples -Help Ss know
Do the task in pairs how to learn at
- Look at some strange house from the
Control for help home
world and tell your partner which house
you want to live in & why
Do the task at home
Ex : I want to live in house A because I like
science
5’
V/ HOMEWORK :
- Learn Vocab at home.
- Prepare : What do you often do after
school ?

26
UNIT 3 : MY FRIENDS
LESSON 1 : GETTING STARTED
Date of teaching : ……../……../201
Week: 7
Period: 19

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to use adjectives for
personality to describe peole as well as to make and respond to a
suggestion. .
TARGET LANGUAGE: Verbs Be and Have for descriptions, the present continuous for future.
TEACHING AIDS : Textbook. Pictures, posters , CD
PROCEDURES:
TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE
5’ I/ WARMER : Finish these words : -Run through the words -Make class more
1/ GRANDFATHER 2/ GRANDMOTHER -Do the task in groups exciting and attract
3/ BROTHER 4/ FRIEND -Give feedback Ss to learn English.
5/ TEACHER 5/ STUDENT
10’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES :
- Pre – teach Vocab :
+ picnic ( n ) : dã ngoại -Use pictures, examples - Help Ss know some
+ friendly ( a ) : thân thiện for the task words before
+ magazine ( n ) : tạp chí -Copy practising
27
+ project ( n ) : dự án
+ hard – working ( a ) : chăm chỉ
+ shy ( a ) : mắc cở
+ funny ( a ) : vui nhộn
- Present grammar point :
Ex : Is she beautiful ? -Use questions to present - Help Ss know the
Yes, she is the grammar point grammar
She is beautiful. -Answer the questions
Be Adj
To be + adj
20’ III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES :
- Listen, read & complete the balnks : -Use picture to introduce -Train Ss’listening and
How many students are there in the picture ? the situation. reading
Can you guess their names ? -Answer the questions
* AK : 1/ picnic 2/ loves/likes 3/ friendly Play the recording
4/ Mai and Chau 5/ glasses, long black -Listen to the recording
hair -Do the task in pairs
6/ working on their school project Give feedback
- Make & respond suggestions : -Ask Ss to make sentences
Ex : Can you pass me the biscuits, please ? first and then refer to the
Yes, sure conversation to find the
Would you like to sit down ? phrases
Oh, sorry. We can’t
+ Game : Lucky Number -Run through the task & - Practise speaking
1/ play the pen 2/ listen to music examples fluently
…… -Do the task in pairs
Ex : Can you … please ? -Control for help
Would you like to …. ? -Practice saying the words
- Choose the adjectives in the box to & knowing the meaning
complete the sentences : first
Ex : 1 – creative -Do the task individually
* AK : 2/ kind 3/ confident -Play the recording
4/ talkative 5/ clever -Check the answers
7’ -Give the task & examples
IV/ POST – ACTIVITIES : -Do the task individully
-Give feedback
- Complete the sentences. Pay much
attention ( + ) , ( - ) :
Ex : 1/ I am hard – working.
3’ -Help Ss know how to
* AK : 2/ is 3/ isn’t 4/ aren’t 5/ is 6/ are
-Do the task at home learn at home
V/ HOMEWORK :
- Learn Vocab at home.
- Game : Freindship Flower
- Prepare : some adjectives about
appearance

28
UNIT 3 : MY FRIENDS
LESSON 2 : A CLOSER LOOK 1
Date of teaching : ……../……../201 Week:
7th Period:
20th

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to use “ Have ‘’ for
descriptions and know how to pronounce / b / & / p / .
TARGET LANGUAGE: Verbs Be and Have for descriptions, the present continuous for future.
TEACHING AIDS : Textbook. Pictures, posters , CD
PROCEDURES :
TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE
5’ I/ WARMER : Put the letters into the -Run through the words -Make class more
correct order to make meaningful words : -Do the task in groups exciting and attract
1/ RMA ( ARM ) 2/ YESE ( EYES ) -Give feedback Ss to learn English.
3/ ANHD ( HAND ) 3/ CAEF ( FACE )
4/ GLE ( LEG ) 4/ EAHD ( HEAD )
10’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES :
- Pre – teach Vocab : -Use pictures, examples - Help Ss know some
+ ponytail ( n ) : tóc đuôi ngựa for the task words before
+ patient ( a ) : nhẫn nại -Copy practising
+ cute ( a ) : dễ thương
+ laugh ( v ) : cười đùa
+ fur ( n ) : bộ lông
- Present grammar point :
29
Ex : I have shor hair . -Use examples for the - Help Ss know the
She has glasses. task grammar
* S + have/has + ( adj ) + N : for -Explain the grammar
descriptions point
- Match the words with the picture
( part 1 / p. 52 ) -Use questions to present
Who is the boy with glasses ? the situation
What can you see in the picture ? -Answer the questions &
20’ III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES : then do the task
- Listen, check & reapeat the words -Train Ss’listening and
( part 1 / p. 52 ) -Play the recording reading
- Create words ( part 2 / p. 52 ) -Listen & repeat the
words
Arms long/ short hair
-Give the task &
* AK : examples
+ long/ black : legs, ars, tail, hair -Do the task in groups
+ big/small : head, hands, ears, feet, eyes, -Give feedback
nose
+ black/blode/curly/straight : hair, fur
+ chubby : face, checks
+ round/long : face
- How to pronounce / b / & / p /
+ Listen & repeat the words (part 3/ p.28 ) - Practise pronuncing
/b/ : voiced sound -Play the recording fluently
/ p / : voiceless sound -Listen & repeat many
+ Listen & circle the words you hear times
(part 4/ p. 28 )
/b/ /p/
Band play -Say the words in pair
… first
* AK : -Listen & do the task
1/ We often play badminton in the afternoon. again
2/ Are you singing in that band ? -Play the recording
3/ Her ponytail is so cute. -Listen to the recording
4/ He has a brown face. -Notice the rhythm
5/ Let’s have another picic. -Practice the chant
6/ She’s got such a pretty daughter
+ Listen to the chart ( part 5/ p. 28 )
We’re having a picnic -Review the description -Train Ss’listening
…. -Stick some pictures of
people on the board &
call out the description
-Make sentences
individually
- Use “ Have ‘’ for description : -Compare the sentences
Ex “ They have short black hair in pairs
Does she have short black hair ? -Do all class feedback
+ Make sentences form the cues
( par 6 / 29 )
Ex : Does the girl have short hair ? -Run through the pictures
No, she doesn’t -Ask SS to guess the
* AK : answer first
2/ Does Harry Potter have big eyes ? -Listen & do the task
3/ The dog has a long tail.
30
4/ And you, do you have a round face ?
Yes, I do/ No, I don’t
+ Listen & match ( part 7/ p. 54 )
How many pictures are there ?
What’s the girl in the picture ?
* AK : a. Duong b. Mai c. Phuc
Tape cript :
Hi, my name’ s Phuc . My best friend has a
round face and short hair. He isn’t very tall
but he is kind and funny. I like him becauese
he often makes me laugh -Ask Ss to fill in the
Hello, I’m Duong. My best friend is Lucas. blank first
He has a brown nose. He is friendly ! I like -Play the recording
him because he’s always beside me. -Listen & check the
Hi, my name’s Mai. My best friend has short ansers
curly hair. She is kind.. She writes poems for
me ,and she always listen to my stories.
7’ IV/ POST – ACTIVITIES :
- What are the missing words ?
Ex : 1 – has -Revise the pre simple
* AK : 2/ is 3/ has 4/ is 5/ has 6/ is of Be and Have
3’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Learn Vocab at home. -Help Ss know how to
- Prepare : Present Continous. -Do the task at home learn at home

UNIT 3 : MY FRIENDS
LESSON 3 : A CLOSER LOOK 2
Date of teaching : ……../……../201 Week:
7th Period: 21st

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to use Present Continous
to talk about palns for future.
TARGET LANGUAGE: Verbs Be and Have for descriptions, the present continuous for future.
TEACHING AIDS : Textbook. Pictures, posters , CD
PROCEDURE :
TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ RATIONALE
ACTIVITIES
5’ I/ WARMER : Matching -Run through the -Make class more
A B words & the pictures exciting and attract
1/ go swimming a. picture A -Do the task in Ss to learn English.
2/ play tennis b. Picture B groups
… -Give feedback
10’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES :
- Underline the present continous in the -Play the recording - Help Ss know the
conversation and then put them into correct -Listen the recording grammar
item : -Do the tasks in pairs
Actions now Plans for future -Ask Ss to feedback
They’re coming over This evening, we are with reasons for their
working on our school choices
project
I’m going to the judo
club with my brother.
I’m visiting my granma
31
and grandpa.

- Note : Present continuous thường được


dùng để mô tả các kế hoạch hay buổi hẹn đã -Use examples for the -Help Ss apply the
được sắp xếp, lên lịch từ trước. Chẳng hạn task tense fluently
như: -Explain the grammar
point
Ex : I’m seeing the dentist on Tuesday. -Copy
+ Một lưu ý nữa là khi diễn tả tương lai, present
continuous thường được sử dụng với những
động từ chỉ sự chuyển động, đặc biệt là go và
come, thay cho be going to.

Ex : My parents are coming here in two hours.


III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES :
15’ - Write sentences about Mai’s plans for next
week . -Give the task & an - Practise writing
Ex : She’s is taking a test. example fluently
* AK : 2/ isn’t going 2/ is visiting 3/ is having -Do the task
+ Barbecue (also barbeque, BBQ, bar-B-Q and individually
barbie) is a method and apparatus for char grilling -Give feedback
food in the hot smoke of a wood fire, usually
charcoal fuelled.
Sort them out ! Write N for Now and F for Future :
EX : 1 – N
* AK : 2. F 3. N 4 F 5. F 6. N
12’ IV/ POST – ACTIVITIES :
-Play the recording -Train Ss’listening
Thanh’s week -Listen & repeat the
Mon Tues Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun words
Swimming Party Test
- Make the plan for week : -Give the task &
Ex : examples
Nga : Would you like to so swimming on -Do the task in
Wednesday ? groups
Tam : Sorry. I’d love to but I can’t. I’m visiting -Give feedback
my grandfather in HCM city. What about Sunday ? -Ask Ss to make the
Nga : OK. See you on Sunday . plan first
-Give examples for
the task
-Do the task in pairs/
groups
-Tell the class their
plans -Help Ss know how
3’ V/ HOMEWORK : to learn at home
- Learn Vocab at home. -Do the task at home
- Prepare : Horoscope ( Cung hoàng đạo )

32
UNIT 3 : MY FRIENDS
LESSON 4 : COMUNICATION
Date of teaching : ……../……../201 Week:
8th Period: 22nd

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to use vocabulary &
structures about personality as well as to talk about activities at the
weekend
TARGET LANGUAGE: Verbs Be and Have for descriptions, the present continuous for future.
TEACHINH AIDS : Textbook. Pictures, posters
PROCEDURES :
TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE
5’ I/ WARMER : -Run through the task -Make class more
watch TV listen to -Do the task in groups exciting and attract
music Activities at -Give feedback Ss to learn English.
the weekend
10’
II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES : -Use pictures, examples - Help Ss know some
- Pre – teach Vocab : for the task words before
+ choir ( n ) : dàn đồng ca /kwaɪə r / -Copy practising
+ greyhound ( n ) : chó săn nhỏ
+ firework ( n ) : pháo bông
+ curious ( a ) : tò mò
+ volunteer ( n ) ; tình nguyện viên
+ reliable (a ) : đáng tin cậy -Run through the - Set the scene
questions
- Guessing :
-Guess and answer the
What activities do teenagers do ?
20’ questions
Where are they from ?
-Read the texts and check -Train Ss’ reading
III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES :
the answers
- Read the texts and correct the answers
- Answer the questions : -Run through the
1/ What does Adia do on Sunday ? questions
2/ What is Vinh going to do ?
33
3/ Where is Jonh from ? -Read the texts again and
4/ What is he doing this Saturday ? answer the questions
5/ What is Tom do for his project ? -Give feedback
6/ What does Noriko do at Friends of Ikebana
society ? -Check Ss’ homework
- Find the start to find out the personality -Explain the target
+ Horoscope ( see appendix ) language
Ex : I don’t think people depend on Libra are -Share the ideas about the
talkative descriptions
+ Talk about personality of some teenagers
from the magazine
Ex : Jonh – Capricorn : careful, hard – working
7’ IV/ POST – ACTIVITIES : -Run through the task & -Practise speaking
- Play a line – up game : examples fluently.
- When’s your birthday ? -Do the task in pairs
I was born on 24th May. -Control for help
3’ You depend on Gemini. You’re active …
V/ HOMEWORK : -Do the task at home -Help Ss know how to
- Learn Vocab. learn at home
- Prepare : Talk about one of your
friend’s personality .

Hoàng Đạo được tạo ra bởi các nhà chiêm tinh học Babylon cổ đại từ những năm 1645 trước Công
nguyên. Vòng tròn 12 Cung Hoàng Đạo hoàn hảo với 12 cung tương xứng với bốn Mùa và 12 tháng.Theo các nhà
thiên văn học thời cổ đại, trong khoảng thời gian chừng 30 - 31 ngày, Mặt Trời sẽ đi qua một trong mười hai chòm
sao đặc biệt. Ai sinh ra trong thời gian Mặt Trời đi qua chòm sao nào thì họ sẽ được chòm sao đó chiếu mệnh và tính
cách của họ cũng bị chòm sao ảnh hưởng nhiều. 12 chòm sao tạo thành 12 cung trong vòng tròn Hoàng đạo, có
nghĩa "Đường đi của mặt trời". Theo phương Tây, vòng tròn này tên là Horoscope. Tiếng Hy Lạp là Zodiakus
Kyklos (ζωδιακός κύκλος) - "Vòng tròn của các linh vật."

Các cung hoàng đạo xếp theo thứ tự:

12 cung hoàng đạo


Thứ Chòm sao Nghĩa/biểu Thời
Tên Latin Tên Hán Việt
tự tương ứng tượng gian
Dương Cưu hay Bạch con cừu lông 21/3 ->
1 Aries Bạch Dương
Dương trắng 19/4
20/4 ->
2 Taurus Kim Ngưu Kim Ngưu con trâu đực trắng
20/5
hai cậu bé song 21/5 ->
3 Gemini Song Tử (Song Nam) Song Tử
sinh 21/6
22/6 ->
4 Cancer Cự Giải hay Bắc Giải Cự Giải con cua
22/7
23/7 ->
5 Leo Sư Tử Hải Sư sư tử
22/8
Xử Nữ (Trinh Nữ, Thất 23/8 ->
6 Virgo Thất Nữ cô gái đồng trinh
Nữ) 22/9
Thiên Bình hoặc Thiên 23/9 ->
7 Libra Thiên Xứng hình cái cân
Xứng 23/10
Hổ Cáp hoặc Thần Nông, mang hình dáng 24/10 ->
8 Scorpio Thiên Hạt
Thiên Yết, Thiên Hạt con bọ cạp 21/11
9 Sagittarius Nhân Mã hoặc Xạ Thủ, Nhân Mã người nửa người 22/11 ->

34
Cung Thủ nửa ngựa 21/12
Capricorn 22/12 ->
10 Ma Kết hoặc Nam Dương Ma Kết con dê có đuôi cá
us 19/1
20/1 ->
11 Aquarius Bảo Bình, hay Thủy Bình Bảo Bình người mang nước
18/2
hai con cá bơi 19/2 ->
12 Pisces Song Ngư Song Ngư
ngược chiều 20/3

Vòng tròn Hoàng đạo chia thành 12 cung, phân ra 4 nguyên tố đã tạo ra của thế giới theo quan
niệm phương Tây: đất, lửa, nước, khí. Cứ ba cung là được xếp vào một nhóm nguyên tố, những
cung cùng chung nhóm luôn tương hợp nhau nhất. Tuy nhiên, không phải hai cung khác nhóm
lúc nào cũng kị nhau. Điển hình là nhóm Đất có thể kết hợp hài hòa cùng nhóm Nước và nhóm
Lửa tương đối thích hợp với nhóm Khí.

- Nguyên tố đất: Ma Kết, Xử Nữ, Kim Ngưu. Những người nhóm đất rất chung thủy, cần cù, ôn
hòa và khoan thai.

- Nguyên tố lửa: Bạch Dương, Sư Tử, Nhân Mã. Tính cách người nhóm lửa đặc biệt nồng cháy,
đam mê, nông nổi nhưng rất gan dạ.

- Nguyên tố nước: Song Ngư, Cự Giải, Hổ Cáp. Người nhóm nước thường nhạy cảm, dễ bị tổn
thương, có thiên hướng nghệ thuật.

- Nguyên tố khí (gió): Song Tử, Thiên Bình, Bảo Bình. Đặc điểm: Họ yêu tự do, thông minh,
tính tình phóng khoáng, tư tưởng cấp tiến.

Mỗi nhóm nguyên tố này thường có một cung có tính chất của người thủ lĩnh. Đó là cung Bạch
Dương (thủ lĩnh nhóm lửa), cung Ma Kết (thủ lĩnh nhóm đất), cung Cự Giải (thủ lĩnh nhóm
nước) và cung Thiên Bình (thủ lĩnh nhóm khí)

[sửa] Sao chiếu mệnh các cung

12 cung tương ứng với 12 ngôi sao và hành tinh, bao gồm cả Diêm Vương Tinh đã bị các nhà
khoa học xóa khỏi danh sách các hành tinh hệ mặt trời:

Cung Bạch Dương được Hỏa Tinh bảo hộ, tượng trưng cho thần chiến tranh Mars trong thần
thoại La Mã (Aries của thần thoại Hi Lạp).

Cung Kim Ngưu được Kim Tinh bảo hộ.

Cung Song Tử được Thủy Tinh bảo hộ, tượng trưng cho thần đưa tin Mercury (Hermes).

Cung Cự Giải được mặt trăng bảo hộ, tượng trưng cho nữ thần hôn nhân gia đình Junon (Hera
trong thần thoại Hi Lạp)

Cung Sư Tử được Mặt trời bảo hộ, tượng trưng cho thần mặt trời Helios, sự trung trực, uy quyền
và sức mạnh.

Cung Xử Nữ (và Song Tử) được Thủy Tinh bảo hộ, tượng trưng cho trí tuệ, lòng chung thủy
nhưng quá cầu toàn nguyên tắc.

Cung Thiên Bình được Kim Tinh bảo hộ, cung này biểu tượng cho sắc đẹp, sự quyến rũ. Tượng
trưng cho nữ thần Venus (thần Vệ Nữ Aphrodite).

35
Cung Hổ Cáp được Diêm Vương Tinh bảo hộ, tượng trưng cho Hades thần cai quan âm phủ.

Cung Nhân Mã được Mộc Tinh bảo hộ, tượng trưng cho thần sấm sét Jupiter (Zeus).

Cung Ma Kết được Thổ Tinh bảo hộ, tượng trưng cho thần nông Saturn (Cronos).

Cung Bảo Bình được Thiên Vương Tinh bảo hộ, tượng trưng cho thần bầu trời Uranus.

Cung Song Ngư được Hải Vương Tinh bảo hộ, tượng trưng cho thần biển Neptune (Poseidon).

Những cặp tương xứng nhất thường gồm những người thuộc cùng một nhóm - lửa/lửa, đất/đất,
không khí/không khí và nước/nước.

Nhưng không phải lúc nào cũng như vậy. Các cung lại được chia thành 3 đặc tính: Thống lĩnh
(tham vọng nhưng độc đoán), ổn định (quả quyết nhưng ương bướng) và biến đổi (dễ thích nghi
nhưng hay thay đổi, không ổn định).

 Thống lĩnh: Bạch Dương, Cự Giải, Thiên Bình và Ma Kết.


 Ổn định: Kim ngưu, Sư tử, Hổ cáp và Bảo Bình.
 Biến đổi: Song Tử, Xử Nữ, Nhân Mã và Song ngư.

Những người thuộc cùng một nhóm này rất khó hòa hợp được với nhau, dễ xảy ra va chạm. Ví
dụ:

Các cung phân chia tiếp thành 2 loại: Chủ động và Bị động. Lửa, không khí thường mang tính
tích cực và chủ động, trong khi đất và nước lại tiêu cực hoặc bị động.

 Chủ động: Dương cưu, Song sinh, Sư tử, Thiên bình, Nhân mã và Bảo bình - thường hoà
đồng và cởi mở.
 Bị động: Kim ngưu, Cự giải, Xử nữ, Hổ cáp, Nam dương và Song ngư - thường thu mình
và khiêm nhường.

Dựa vào những yếu tố trên thì rõ ràng rất khó để có một cặp hoàn hảo. Để trái tim và bộ óc đi
chung với nhau luôn là một thách thức, cũng giống như việc chịu đựng quan điểm, cách cư xử và
thói quen của mỗi người. Vậy đâu là chìa khoá cho hạnh phúc? Nó chính là sự thoả hiệp, cho -
và - nhận. Mọi người nên nhận ra rằng sự khác biệt luôn tồn tại, vì vậy cần phải chấp nhận cái
bất đồng đó để có thể duy trì mối quan hệ.

Những đôi thực sự hoà hợp là có cùng cung hoàng đạo, nhưng thậm chí sự quen thuộc cũng gây
nên cảm giác nhàm chán sau này. Ngoài ra, kể cả đàn ông và đàn bà cùng một cung cũng khác
nhau do giới tính của họ.

Bởi vậy người ta vẫn thường nói đàn ông đến từ sao Hoả, phụ nữ đến từ sao Kim.

36
UNIT 3 : MY FRIENDS
LESSON 5 : SKILL 1
Date of teaching : ……../……../201 Week:
8th Period:

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to talk about camp
schedule as wel as camp activities through reading the advertisement and
an e- mail.
TARGET LANGUAGE: Verbs Be and Have for descriptions, the present continuous for future.
TEACHING AIDS : Textbook. Pictures, posters
PROCEDURES :
TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE
3’ I/ WARMER : Leave me out -Run through the words -Make class more
1/ DIFFERENTT 2/ FRIENDDLY -Do the task in groups exciting and attract
3/ STORTY 4/ FRARM -Give feedback Ss to learn English.
5/ BASSKETBALL 5/ LLUNCH
10’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES :
- Pre – teach Vocab : - Help Ss know some
+ attach ( v ) :đính kèm, gửi kèm theo ( e- mail ) -Use pictures, examples words before
+ campfire ( n ) : lữa trại for the task practising
have a campfire : đốt lữa trại -Copy
+ treasure ( n ): kho báu
do treasure hunt : chơi trò tìm kho báu
- Read the advertisement and choose the -Run through the
best answer : questions
Ex : 1 – b -Guess and answer the
* AK : 2- c , 3 – a questions
20’ III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES : -Train Ss reading
- Read the texts and answer the answers -Read the texts and check
Ex : 1 – an e- mail the answers
* AK : 2- a stay at Superb Summer Camp
3- Yes, he is. -Run through the
- Write T ( True ) or F ( False ) : questions
Ex : 1/ F – He’s writing to his parents. -Read the texts again and
* AK : 2/ F ( He has 3 ) 3/ T answer the questions
4/ F ( He hopes it isn’t too scary ) -Give feedback
5/ F ( They’re having a campfire and
telling stories ) -Run through the task &
6/ F ( They’re visiting a milk farm ) examples
7/ F ( They speak English only. ) -Do the task in pairs
10’ IV/ POST – ACTIVITIES : -Control for help
- Make their own English camp schedule : -Give the tasks -Train Ss’speaking
37
morning afternoon -Make a schedule first -Revise the pre simple o
Day one play soccer go swimming -Practice speaking in Be and Have
…….Two pairs
…….Three
- Take turn :
Ex : What do you do in the morning on the first
day , Tam ?
I play soccer. What about you ?
I go fishing.
2’ V/ HOMEWORK : -Do the task at home -Help Ss know how to
Learn vocab & write activities at the camp day . learn at home

UNIT 3 : MY FRIENDS
LESSON 6 : SKILL 2
Date of teaching : ……../……../201 Week: 8th
Period:
24th
OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to talk about camp
activiites as wel as to write a magazine entry.
TARGET LANGUAGE: Verbs Be and Have for descriptions, the present continuous for future.
TEACHING AIDS : Textbook. Pictures, posters , CD.
PROCEDURES :
TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE
3’ I/ WARMER : -Run through the pictures -Make class more
What do teenagers do at the camp ? -Answer the questions exciting and attract
They go hiking. Ss to learn English.

10’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES :


- Pre – teach Vocab :
+ competition ( n ) : cuộc thi tài -Use pictures, examples - Help Ss know some
+ workshop ( n ) : buổi hội thảo for the task words before
+ traditional ( a ) : có tính chất truyền thống -Copy practising
- Guess and fill the box . -Run through the pictures
Ex : a – hiking -Guess and do the task

20’ III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES : -Train Ss’listening


- Listen and check the answers
* AK : -Play the recording
A hiking -Listen & correct the
B taking part in cooking competition answers
C skiing -Give feedback
D visiting a milk farm
E taking part in an art workshop
F riding a bike
G taking a public speaking class
H playing beach volleyball
-Run through the - Practise speaking
I playing traditional games question
-Answer the question
What activities do you think may/may not happen
at the Superb Summer Camp ? Why / Why not ?
+ May : a,b,d,e,f,gi
+ Maynot : c,h ( Because the camp is in Ba Vi
Mountains ) -Run through the task
Listen & write : What are they do on Day Two and -Guess the asnwers
38
Day Three at the camp ? -Play the recording
Ex : Day Two : visiting a milk farm and go hiking -Listen & do the task
-Give feedback
Morning Afternoon
Day Two Doing a Visiting a milk
treasure hunt farm and
taking part in
the public
speaking class
Day Three Taking part in Having a pool
the “ Kids party
Cook ‘’
Contest

- Write a magazine entry :


+ What are R,D,C for ? ( Research, Draft, Check )
-Run through the -Train Ss’ writing
question
+ What do you and your friends plan to do together -Explain the target
this week ? language
We play soccer together. -Discuss in pairs
+ Write an entry about your activites
Ex : My name is Tam. I’m tall and active. My -Write the entry
friend is Thu. She’s rather tall and friendly. We are
planning many activities this weekend : Go boating,
playing soccer …
10’ IV/ POST – ACTIVITIES :
- Suggested entry :
My name is Tam. I’m tall and active. My friend is
Thu. She’s rather tall and friendly. We are planning
many activities this weekend : Go boating, playing
soccer …
2’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Learn Vocab at home. -Share the writing to
correct first -Help Ss know how
- Write an entry again.
-Give feedback learn at home
- Prepare : How do you know about Haiku ?
* Tape script for part 3 :
- Phuc’s parents : … So how was the first day ?
- Mr. Lee : It was good. Today we had a bike ride to
the mountains and visited a Dao people village.
Phuc’s parents : Interesting… How about tomorrow
? Are you going somewhere ?
- Mr. Lee : Oh, yes. Tomorrow morning we’re
having a treasure hurt. In the afternoon we’re
visiting a milk farm to see how milk and butter are
made. After that we’re opening the Public speaking
class. The kids are talking about their favourite
country in the world.
- Phuc’s parent : That’s fun ! And on the third day ?
- Mr. Lee : Oh, that’s something special. There’s the
World Food Festival at the camp in the morning
when the kids compete for prizes. That’s our “ Kids
Cook ‘’ Contest. They’re cooking their own unique
dish. And in the afternoon we’re having a big party
by the pool.
39
- Phuc’s parents : Really ? Sounds great !

UNIT 3 : MY FRIENDS
LESSON 7 : LOOKING BACK & PROJECT
Date of teaching : ……../……../201
Week: 9th
Period:25th

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to describe appearance and
personality as well as to talk about future plans
TARGET LANGUAGE: Verbs Be and Have for descriptions, the present continuous for future.
TEACHING AIDS : Textbook. Pictures, posters
PROCEDURES :
TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE
3’ I/ WARMER : Write the correct words on -Run through the words -Make class more
the face : -Do the task in groups exciting and attract
Ex : 1 – funny 2- shy, serious -Give feedback Ss to learn
10’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES : English.
- Elicit the poem : -Run through the poem
My hair is shiny -Use pre question for the - Help Ss notice.
My checks are round and rosy task
This is me. I’m Trang.
Do you know the kind of peom ?
20’ III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES : -Explain the taget
- Make your own Haikul : language - Practise reading
Haiku is a traditional form of Japanese -Read the poem the poem.
poetry. There are three lines in Haiku : the
first and the last line have 5 syllables and
the middle line has 7 syllables. The line don’t
need to rhyme.
Ex : My hair is straigt
My checks are thin and tall
This is me. I’m Tam
- Game : Who’s who ?
Ex : Group : Who is it ? -Create Ss’ Haiku
A: He’s tall. He has glasses … -Work in group of three
B : Is it Minh ? -Exchange poem together
A; Yes/ No, try again.
* Future plan:
A : What are you doing tomorrow ? -Give the task &
B : I’m meeting some friends. We are going to examples
Mai’s birthday party. Would you like to come ? -Do the task in groups
A : Oh, sorry, I can’t. I’m playing football. -Control for help
B : No problem, how about Sunday ? I’m
watching a film at the cinema.
A : Sound great !
10’ IV/ POST – ACTIVITIES : -Complete the dialogue
- Look at the shedule and make a -Practice the dialogue
conversation about tomorrow activities: -Train Ss’ speaking
Ex : What are you doing tomorrow ? -Run through the task

40
I’m playing football with my friends. -Practice speaking in -Help Ss know
2’ V/ HOMEWORK : pairs how to learn at
- Learn Vocab at home. -Do the task at home home
- Make a class yearbook ( Project )

REVIEW 1
Date of teaching : ……../……../201 Week:
9th
Period: 26th

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to review of language from
unit 1- 2-3 : Simple Present, Present continous …
TARGET LANGUAGE: Verbs Be and Have for descriptions, the present continuous for future.
TEACHING AIDS : Textbook. Pictures, posters
PROCEDURES :

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ I/ WARMER :Complete the words ( part 3 / -Run through the words -Make class more
p.36 ) -Do the task in groups exciting and attract
Ex : 1 – English -Give feedback Ss to learn English.
* AK : 2. Homework 3. lunch 4. sports
5. badminton 6. physics 7. lesson 8. judo
Play : sports, badminton Have : lunch, a
lessson
Do : Homework, judo Study : English ,
physics

6’ II/ PRACTICE :
1/ Activity 1 : Crossword -Work in groups - Help Ss revise the
Ex : Across – 1 – wardrobe -Share the answers and words
* AK : 2. dinning room 3. living room check
4. hall 5. apartment 6. poster

4’ 2/ Activity 2 : Pronounced differently -Do the task in pairs -Help Ss revise the
EX : 1 – d -Check the answers pronunciation
* AK : 2- c 3. c , 4. a . 5 . b together
-Elicit the rules of
5’ 3/ Activity 3 : Choose the correct words pronouncing the final –
Ex : 1 – quiet s/es.
* AK : 2- shy, 3 – hard – working -Do the exercise -Help Ss revise the
4 – patient 5. poster individually words
-Give feedback
5’ 4/ Activity 4 : Put the verbs into the correct
form -Say the sentences with
Ex : 1 – is raining the correct words - Help Ss revise the
* AK : 2 . do you have 3. am not going tenses
out,am doing 4. likes, is sleeping 5. is -Ask the form of
grammar points
5’ 5/ Activity 5 : Complete the description with -Do the task individually
the correct form of verbs “ be ‘’ or “ have” : -Give feedback
Ex : 1 – is
* AK : 2- isn’t , 3- doesn’t have , 4- is
5- has , 6 – are , 7 – is , 8 – is

41
5’ 6/ Activity 6 : Write the name of school things -Give the task & - Help Ss revise the
and furniture in the house which begins with / bexamples words
/&/p/ -Do the task in pairs
Ex : book -Control for help
* AK : / b / : book, bag, bed … -Practice in pairs
/ p / : pen, pencil … -Read and write
-Run through the
5’ 7/ Activity 7 : Read the sentences and draw the sentences - Help Ss revise the
furniture in the right place. -Practice speaking in prepositions
Ex : There is a sofa in front ot the window pairs

-Do the task at home.


5’ 8/ Activity 8 : Number the lines in the correct
order :
* AK : 1- Can I speak … 2- Speaking … -Practise speaking
3- Yes, An … 4 – Yes, I am fluently
5- Would you … 6 – Yes, I’d
7 – That sounds .. 8 – Alright

V/ HOMEWORK :
- Talk about family members -Help Ss know how to
learn at home

42
REVIEW 1 ( cont )
Date of teaching : ……../……../201
Week: 9th
Period: 27th
OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to revise the skills they
practice since Unit 1.
TARGET LANGUAGE: Verbs Be and Have for descriptions, the present continuous for future.
TEACHING AIDS : Textbook. Pictures, posters
PROCEDURES :

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ I/ WARMER : Put the words into correct -Run through the words -Make class more
column : Father, living room, bathroom. Mother -Do the task in groups exciting and attract
… -Give feedback Ss to learn English.
Family members Rooms in a house
Father living room
… …

7’ II/ PRACTICE : - Help Ss revise the


1/ Activity 1 : Listen and circle the parts of -Play the recording words
the house : -Listen and do the task
Ex : kitchen -Share the answers and
* AK : garden , living room, bedroom check - Help Ss know the
grammar
8’ 2/ Activity 2 : Listen again and anser the
questions
EX : She is watering the plants in the garden.
* AK : 2. He’s listening to the radio. -Train Ss’ reading
3. He’s in Mi’s bedroom.
4. She’s watching TV.
-Do the task in pairs
5’ 3/ Activity 3 : Reading – Choose the best -Check the answers
answer for each question together
Ex : 1 – A
* AK : 2 C, 3- C , 4 – B, 5 – A , 6 – B -Answer the questions
-Do the exercise
5’ 4/ Activity 4 : Read the text and answer the individually
questions -Give feedback
Ex : 1 – It’s a quiet place not far from the city
center.
* AK : 2 . They are hard – working and
serious. - Practise writing an e
3. They are helpful and friendly. mail
4. There are five clubs. -Elicit the parts of an e-
5. Because it’s a good school. mail
10’ 5/ Activity 5 : Write an e- mail to your -Work in groups
friend. Tell him/her about family member. -Go around to observe
Ex : Mr. Tan is my father.
* Suggested e – mail : -Practice in groups of
Mr. Tan is my father. He’s tall and big. He’s forty three
five years old. He’s ateacher. He likes reading -Write the answers in
newspapers and watching TV after work. He the table -Train Ss’ speaking
usually helps me when I meet some problems in -Report them to the
study. class.

43
7’ 6/ Activity 6 : Interview one/two classmates
What she/he What she/he
likes + dislikes +
reasons reasons
Classmate A
Classmate B

Ex : What do you like about our school, Nam ? -Help Ss know how to
I like our teachers. learn at home
Why ?
Because they’re friendly and helpful.

3’ V/ HOMEWORK : Prepare for One period


test ( period 28th).
* Tape script :
An : Mi, are you at home alone ?
Mi : No. Everybody is at home.
An : Where’s your mum ? Is she cooking in the
kitchen ?
Mi : No. She’s watering the plants in the garden.
An : And where’s your dad ?
Mi : He’s in the living room?
An : What’s he doing ?
Mi : He’s listening to the radio.
An : What about younger brother ? Is he with
your mum ?
Mi : No. He’s sleeping in my bedroom. My
counsin, Vi, is here too.
An : What’s she doing ?
Mi : She’s watching TV.

UNIT 4 : MY NEIGHBOURHOOD
LESSON 1 : GETTING STARTED
Date of teaching : ……../……../201
Week: 10th
Period: 29th
44
OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to talk about their
neigbourhood as well as ask for and give directions.
TARGET LANGUAGE: Comparative adjectives.
TEACHING AIDS : Textbook. Pictures. CD
PROCEDURES :
TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE
5’ I/ WARMER : -Run through the words & -Make class more
- Match the places with the pcitures ( 3 ) pictures exciting and attract
Ex : 1 – square -Do the task in groups Ss to learn
* AK : 2. H , 3. F, 4. C, 5. G, 6. A, 7. B, 8. D -Play the recording English.
-Listen first & correct the
10’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES : warmer activity.
- Pre – teach Vocab : -Run through the picture
+ statue ( n ) : tượng ['stætju:] again as the task for - Help Ss know
+ square ( n ) : quãng trường [skweə] presenting vocabulary some words before
+ cathedral ( n ) : giáo đường [kə'θi:drəl] -Copy practising reading
+ memorial ( n ) : tượng đài [mə'mɔ:riəl]
+ temple ( n ) : chùa, đền thờ ['templ]
+ palace ( n ) : cung điện ['pælis]
- Match the instructions with the pictures :
Ex : 1 – go straigh on -Have Ss quickly match
* AK : 2. Turn left at the traffic lights each instruction with the - Practise reading
3. Go past the bus stop. diagram. the instructions.
4. Take the first turning on the left/ Take -Give feedback &
the first left. explaination
5. Go to the end of the road
6. Go along the street.
7. Cross the street
20’ III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES :
-Listen and read the conversation. ( 1/ p. 38)
---Put the actions in order :
Ex : 2 – 4-5 … -Use some drawings to
- * AK : 3- 5 – 3 – 4 – 1 – 6 elicit the situation. -Train Ss’ speaking
-Play the recording
- Give your partner directions to one of the
-Listen the conversation
palces on the map, and they try to guess.
-Do the task in pairs
Then swap.
-Give feedback
Ex : Go straight. Take the second turning on the
left. It’s on your right.
-Ask Ss to do the task
Is that the art gallery ?
8’ -Explain the expressions
Yes, it is./ No, try again.
IV/ POST – ACTIVITIES :
-Work in pairs
- Ask about the neighbourhood:
Ex : Is there a theatre in your neighbourhood ? -Help Ss know
2’ Yes, there is./ No, there isn’t. Do the task in pairs how to learn at
V/ HOMEWORK : home
- Making suggestions ( 1.b ) & 2 Do the task at home
- Learn Vocab

UNIT 4 : MY NEIGHBOURHOOD
LESSON 2 : A CLOSER LOOK 1
Date of teaching : ……../……../201
Week: 10th
Period: 30th

45
OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to use adjective to modify
for nouns and some opposite of adjectives. By the way, they can identify /
i: / and / i/
TARGET LANGUAGE: Comparative adjectives.
TEACHING AIDS : Textbook. Pictures. CD
PROCEDURES :
TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ RATIONALE
ACTIVITIES
5’ I/ WARMER : Kim’s game -Run through the -Make class more
words exciting and attract
Boring narrow cheap wide -Do the task in groups Ss to learn English.
Quiet modern peaceful -Give feedback
Exciting …
10’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES :
- Pre – teach Vocab :
+ hictoric ( a ) : cổ kính [his'tɔrik] -Use the pictures & - Help Ss know some
+ fantastic ( a ) : tuyệt vời [fæn'tæstik] situation for the task words before practising
+ polluted ( a ) : bị ô nhiễm reading
+convenient ( a ) : thuận tiện, tiện -Copy
lợi /kən'vi:njənt]
-Fill the blank with the words from the box :
Ex : 1 fantastic -Have Ss quickly do - Practise reading.
20’ III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES : the tasks
- Listen and check the answers
* AK : 2. convenniet 3. boring -Play the recording
4. polluted 5. historic 6. narrow -Listen & correct the -Train Ss’ listening.
7. noisy answers
- Match the opposites
Ex : convenient # inconvenient -Do the task in pairs
* AK : boring – exciting , noisy – quiet/peaceful , -Give feedback
Historic – modern , Fantastic – terrible
- Listen & repeat the words ( part 4 )
- Put the words into the correct column
-Play the recording
* AK: / i: / : cheap, sleep, peaceful, convenient, police
/i/ : historic, exciting, expensive, noisy, friendly -Ask Ss to do the task
- Listen & circle the words :
Ex : 1 – living
* AK : 2- heat, 3 – seats, 4- sheep, 5- tins
6- mill , 7- teams, 8- chip
-Play the recording
- Listen & notice the sound / i: / & /i/
8’ -Ask Ss to chant along -Train Ss’ speaking
IV/ POST – ACTIVITIES :
- Ask about the neighbourhood:
Ex : Is our neighbourhood polluted ?
No, it isn’t.
2’ Do the task at home -Help Ss know how to
V/ HOMEWORK :
learn at home
- Learn Vocabulary.

UNIT 4 : MY NEIGHBOURHOOD
LESSON 3 : A CLOSER LOOK 2
Date of teaching : ……../……../201 Week:
11th
Period: 31st

46
OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to use comparative
adjectives to talk about the neighbourhood.
TARGET LANGUAGE: Comparative adjectives.
TEACHING AIDS : Textbook. Pictures
PROCEDURES :

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ I/ WARMER : Put the adjective into -Run through the words -Make class more
correct column : fast , expensive, modern, -Do the task in groups exciting and attract
big … -Give feedback Ss to learn English.
Short Adj Long Adj
Big expensive

15’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES : -Run through adjectives & - Help Ss know how to
- Explain the grammar point : some examples for the use the Comparative
Comparative adjectives ( SS hơn của tính từ ) task adjectives.
Tính từ ngắn + ER + ( than ) -Explain the target
Ex : small – smaller … language carefully
More + tính từ dài + ( than ) -Copy
Ex : expensive – more expensive
Dùng để so sánh hai người/ vật.
Ex : Tom is taller than Mary. -Give the task & examples
* Put the adjective into comparatives : -Do the task individually
Ex : slim- slimmer -Give feedback
2/ tall – taller , modern – more modern …
15’ III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES :
- Read & complete Vy’s letter to her friend.
-Give an example for the - Practise doing the
Ex : hotter task grammar point.
* AK : 1. drier , 2- smaller ,3- older -Do the task in groups
4 – wider , 5- more delicous , 6 –
-Give feedback
cheaper -Ppractice speaking in
- write the differences between Yen Binh pairs
neighbourhood & Long Son neighbourhood. -Control the class for help
Ex : Yen Binh is more crowded than Long Son.
8’ IV/ POST – ACTIVITIES : -Train Ss’ speaking
- Ask and answer questions about the -Do the task in pairs
places that you know by using the -Give feedback
comparative form of the adjectives :
Ex : Is Hue busier than Da Nang ?
No, it isn’t.
2’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Complet the sentences by the -Do the task at home -Help Ss know how to
comparative form of the adjectives : learn at home
( part 5 / p.42 )

UNIT 4 : MY NEIGHOURHOOD
LESSON 4 : COMMUNICATION
Date of teaching : ……../……../201 Week: 11th
Period:
32nd
OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to know how to write an
audio guide for a tour .
TARGET LANGUAGE: Comparative adjectives.

47
TEACHING AIDS : Textbook. Pictures
PROCEDURES :
TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE
5’ I/ WARMER : -Run through the cues -Make class more
Finish the words -Do the task in groups exciting and attract
1/ CATHEDRAL 2/ HOTEL -Give feedback Ss to learn English.
3/ TEMPLE 4/ RESTAURANT
5/ GALLERY 5/ MEMORIAL
-Use the pictures for the - Help Ss know some
10’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES : task words before
- Pre – teach Vocab : -Copy practising reading
+ pagoda ( n ) : chùa [pə'goudə]
+ culture ( n ) : văn hóa ['kʌlt∫ə]
- Listen & tick ( ٧ ) the places :
Shop pagoda school house
restaurant
-Run through the words - Practise listening
20’ III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES : for the task
- Listen & fill in the gaps -Play the recording
Ex : 1- historic -Listen & do the task
* AK : 2. convenient , 3- straight ,4 – Second
5- left , 6- right , 7- second , 8 next to -Play the recording again
-Listen & fill in the blanks

-Ask Ss to read the brief -Train Ss’ speaking


- Create an audio guide for the city information about Ho Chi
Ex : Welcome to Ho Chi Minh City. … Minh City .
-Elicit additional
information about the city.
-Do the task in groups of
four
-Control the class for help

-Read through the


IV/ POST – ACTIVITIES : writings
8’ - Present the audio guide to the whole class

V/ HOMEWORK : -Do the task at home -Help Ss know how to


2’ - Write an audio guide for London . learn at home

UNIT 4 : MY NEIGHBOURHOOD
LESSON 5 : SKILL 1
Date of teaching : ……../……../201 Week:
th
11
Period: 33rd

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to tell your friends what
they like/dislike about neighboouhood as wel as how to ask and answer
about how to get to the place on the map.
TARGET LANGUAGE:

48
AIDS :Textbook. Pictures
PROCEDURES :

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ I/ WARMER : Pelminsm/ matching -Run through the cues & -Make class more
Pictute 1 Picture 2 … the pictures exciting and attract
Hotel Park …. -Do the task in groups Ss to learn English.
-Give feedback
10’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES :
- Pre – teach Vocab : -Use the pictures for the - Help Ss know some
+ sandy ( a ) : phủ đầy cát , có cát ['sændi] task words before
+ suburb ( n ) : vùng ngoại ô ['sʌbə:b] -Copy practising reading
+ incredibly( adv ) : rất ngạc nhiên [in'kredəbli] -Do the task in groups
- Guess and tick ( ٧ ) the places
Market park school house
restaurant
20’ III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES :
- Read the text & check the prediction -Ask Ss to read the text & - Practise reading the
- Find the meaning of the words from do pure feedback text
the text -Have Ss to find the
Ex : beach , backyard meaning from the context
- Answer the questions : -Run through the
Ex : Where is Khang’s neighbourhood ? questions for the task
It’s in the suburbs of Da Nang City. -Do the task individually
* AK : 2. Because it has beautiful parks and
sandy beaches and fine weather. -Give feedback
3. They are very friendly.
4. Because there are many modernn buildings
and offices in the city.
- Complete the table :
Like Dislike
It great for outdoor activities ….

* AK : Like -Do the task in groups of


There’s almost everything here . four
Most houses have a backyard & a frontyard -Control the class for help
People are incredibly friendly
The food is very good
Dislike
The streets are busy, crowded , noisy during
the day.
IV/ POST – ACTIVITIES :
8’ - Look at the map . Ask & answer -Speaking practice in pairs -Train Ss’ speaking
questions about how to get a place on
the map .
Ex : Excuse me. Can you tell me the way to the
beach ?
Yes. First, go straigh. Then turn right.
After that go straight again. It’s in front of
you.
Thank you very much.
V/ HOMEWORK :
2’ - Answer : What do you like/dislike -Do the task at home -Help Ss know how to
about your town ? learn at home

49
UNIT 4 : MY NEIGHBOURHOOD
LESSON 6: SKILL 2
Date of teaching : ……../……../201 Week: 12th
` Period: 34th

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to know how to match the
places on the map through listening practice as well as what they like/dislike about the
neighbourhood .
TARGET LANGUAGE: Comparative adjectives.
AIDS :Textbook. Pictures, cassette
PROCEDURES :

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


50
5’ I/ WARMER : -Run through the cues -Make class more
-Do the task in groups exciting and attract
Make complete words from the cues -Give feedback Ss to learn English.
1/ EETLP ( TEMPLE ) 2/ ANKB ( BANK )
3/ TELHO ( HOTEL ) 4/ AERSQU
( SQUARE )
5/ EEAUSPRMRKT ( SUPERMARKET )
-Ask Ss to read through - Help Ss notice before
8’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES : the conversation listening
- Guess & fill in the blanks : -Think of some words that
Ex : 1 . the end they might hear

20’ III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES : -Play the recording - Practise listening.


- Listen & check prediction : -Listen & do the task
* AK : 2. right, 3. lower secondary school
4. Le Duan Street 5. second right
- Listen & write the correct letters A- F on the
map: -Give feedback
Ex : 1. A -Copy
* AK : 2. C 3. F 4. D

10 ‘ IV/ POST – ACTIVITIES : -Ask Ss to read the -Train Ss’ speaking


- Tick ( ٧ ) what you like or don’t like phrases
about the neighbourhood. -Do the task individually
Ex : Like Dislike
1. sandy beaches ٧
- Make notes about the neighbourhood :
Ex : Like – sandy beaches
Dislike – busy and crowded streets

2’ V/ HOMEWORK : -Do the task at home -Help Ss know how to


- Write a paragraph about the learn at home
neighbourhood saying what you like
or dislike about living there

UNIT 4 : MY NEIGHBOURHOOD
LESSON 7 : LOOKING BACK & PROJECT
Date of teaching : ……../……../201 Week:
12th

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to refer back to the unit
paper
( neighbourhood, comparative adjectives … ) and decide how far they
have progressed as well as which areas need further practice.
TARGET LANGUAGE: Comparative adjectives.
AIDS :Textbook. Pictures
PROCEDURES :
TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE
5’ * Activity 1 - Warmer : Write the correct -Do the task in groups -Make class more

51
word for each picture -Give feedback exciting and attract
Ex : 1 statue Ss to learn English.
+ AK : 2. railway station , 3. park , 4. temple
5. memorial 6. cathedral
10’ * Activity 2 : Fill in the blank with a -Ask Ss to do the task & - Help Ss revise the
suitable adjective : give the reason for their adjectives
Ex : 1- noisy words
+ AK : 2.narrow , 3 . historic ,
4. inconvenient
5. cheaper/more expensive
10’ * Activity 3 : Put the adjectives into the
correct column -Have Ss fill in the blank - Revise how to
One Two Three or -Say the words & then pronounce of the
syllable syllable more write on the board adjectives
syllables -Give feedback
Fast Happy Exciting -Copy
Hot Noisy Expensive
Large Quiet Convenient
Heavy Difficult
Polluted
5‘ * Activity 4 : Write the comparative form
Ex : fast- faster -Do the task individually -Help Ss write the
* Activity 5 : Complete the sentences correct form of the
7’ comparing the pictures. Use comparative -Do the task in pairs adjectives
form of the adjectives:
Ex : 1 – noisier
+ AK : 2. more modern than
3. more convenient than
4. more beautiful than
5. more expensive than
5’ * Activity 6: Match the questions with the
correct answers : -Do the task in pairs -Train Ss’ speaking
Ex : a- c Speaking practice
+ AK : b- h , d – e , f – g
3’ V/ HOMEWORK :
Write a description of the neighbourhood.
Ex : My neighbourhood is in the suburns of Do the task at home -Help Ss know how to
the town. … learn at home
- Tick what you got : ( part 7/ p. 47 )

52
WEEK 12
PERIOD 34
DATE:
FEEDBACK OF TEST

I/ OBJECTIVES : By the end of the feedback, Ss will be able to know how much their
knowdlege they get & how many marks they get after one period test.
II/ TARGET LANGUAGE: Revise the grammar points
III/ TEACHING AIDS : Cassette, posters
IV/ PROCEDURES:

Time Contents T’s & S’s Activities RATIONALE


10’ * Activity 1 : Warmer -Run through the -Make class more
Choose the best answer for each question : questions on the posters exciting and attract
1.75 ms -Do the task in groups Ss to learn English.
1/ Tri is very good ………. English. -Give feedback
a. in b. on c. at d. from
2/ The children look very ………. while
playing games during breaktime.
a. excite b. excited c. exciting d. xcitement

5’ * Activity 2 : Put the verbs into the correct -Ask Ss to do the task - Help Ss revise the
form: individually tenses
1/School ( finish ) at 4.30 every day. - finishes -Give feedback
2/. Listen ! They ( sing ) a song. – are singing
3/ My mother ( wash ) the dishes now.- is
washing
* Activity 3 : Answer the questions
10’ 1/ What do students do first when they come to
school ? -Use “ Lucky Number ‘’ - Practise reading
- They first go to the cloakroom as a task
2/ at the laboratories and workshops -Ask Ss to do the task in
3/ Yes, he/she does. groups
4/ He has to open all windows, water the -Give feedback
flowers and clean the blackboard
5/ At seven thirty
* Activity 4 : Listening
10’ Part 1 : -Run through the -Train Ss’ listening
John is giving an apple to the house. pcitures/cues
Jill is stiiting with her friends and carrying a -Play the recording
rabbit. -Practice listening for a
Sally is running after the sheep. task
Jane is drawing a picture. Give feedback
Part 2 : 1 – 4b , 2 – hockey , 3 – comics , 4 –
snake

* Activity 6 : Telling Ss’ marks


10’ -Train Ss’ speaking

53
WEEK 12
PERIOD 35
UNIT 5 : NATURAL
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 1 : GETTING STARTED

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to use some lexical items
related to natural wonders of the world through lisening & reading practice.
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures , cassette
TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE
5’ * Activity 1 - Warmer : Do the task in groups -Make class more
Give feedback exciting and attract
Ss to learn English.
Geography picture visit
Club midlle lake beach
river Use pictures for the task
* Activity 2 : Pre – teach Vocab
… Copy - Help Ss know some
- mountain ( n ) : núi ['mauntin]
10’ - desert ( n ) : sa mạc ['dezət] Play the tape words before
- waterfall ( n ) : thác nước Listen & repeat the words practising reading
- forest ( n ) : rừng
- island ( n ) : đảo ['ailənd]
- cave ( n ) : hang động
- valley ( n ) : thung lũng ['væli]
* Activity 3 : Label the pictures
Ex : 1. mountain Do the task individually - Practise reading the
5’ + AK : 2. river, 3. waterfall , 4. forest , 5. Give feedback instructions.
cave
6. desert , 7. lake , 8. beach, 9. island, 10.
valley Use the picture & some
* Activity 4 : Listen & read eliciting questions for the
task
- Introduce the situation :
10’ Guess & answer the
How many people are there in the picture ?
questions
What are they talking about ?
Play the recording
- Listen & read the conversation. Listen to the tape
- Answer the questions : -Train Ss’ speaking
Ex : Who is the leader of Geography Club ? Ask Ss to do the task &
Vy is the leader of Geography Club. give
+ AK : 2. She went to the wrong room. the reason for their words
3. Uluru
3’ 4. Australia
5. An island
* Activity 5 : Classroom language
- Put the words in the correct order : Have Ss do the task
Ex : Can you spell that, please ? Give feedback
+ AK : 2.Can you repeat that, please ? Practice saying the
7’ 3. Can I come in ? sentences
*Activity 6: Take the role play -Help Ss know how to
A : Can you spell that, please ? learn at home
B : N –I – C – K
5’ … Do the task individually

54
V/ HOMEWORK : Do the task in pairs
- Learn Vocab at home. Do the task at home
- Prepare : Plaster, backpack …

WEEK 12
PERIOD 36
UNIT 5 : NATURAL
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 2 : A CLOSER LOOK 1

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to use some travel items &
pronounce / t / and / st / .
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures , cassette

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ *Activity 1 - Warmer : Kim’s game Run through the pictures -Make class more
Mountain river … for the task exciting and attract
* Activity 2 : Pre – teach Vocab Do the task in groups Ss to learn English.
- plaster ( n ) : băng dán, băng cá nhân
- painkillers (n ) : thuốc giảm đau Use pictures, realias for
10’ - sun cream ( n ) : kem chống nắng the task
- sleeping bag ( n ) : túi ngủ Copy - Help Ss know some w
- compass ( n ) : la bàn before practising readin
* Activity 3 : Match the items with the
pictures Give the task & an
5’ Ex : 1. painkillers example
+ AK : 2. scissor , 3. palster , 4. sun cream Do the task in pairs
5. sleeping bag, 6. walking boots , 7. Give feedback
backpack 8. compass Practice saying the words - Practise reading the
* Activity 4 : Complete the following instructions.
5’ sentences
Ex : 1. compass Do the task individually
+ AK : 2. Sun cream , 3. painkillers Give feedback
4. backpack , 5. plaster
* Activity 5 : Put the items in order ( Ss
can add some more ) Do the task in goups for
Ex : for a camping trip : 1. tent, 2. quick finishers
12’ backpack …
* Activity 6: Pronunciation Play the recording
- Listen & number Listen to the tape & do the -Train Ss’ speaking
Ex : 1. best task
+ AK : 2. boat , 3. coast , 4. lost , 5. boot, 6.
desert Play the recording again
7. plaster, 8. forest Listen & say the words
- Listen & repeat the words Have Ss do the task
- Listen & repeat. Pay attention to the blod- Practice saying the
typed parts of the words sentences
Ex : best

3’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Learn Vocab at home.
- Prepare : Review of Comparative Do the task at home -Help Ss know how to
at home

55
WEEK 13 UNIT 5 : NATURAL
PERIOD 37
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 3 : A CLOSER LOOK 2

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to use Superlatives of short
adjectives as well as “ Must/ Mustn’t ‘’ for rules
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures , cassette

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ *Activity 1 - Warmer : complete the Run through the task -Make class more
comparatives Do the task in groups exciting and attract
Ss to learn English.
Adj Comparatives
Long Longer
Wide Wider
.. … - Help Ss know some
words before practising
reading
* Activity 2 : Put the words ito correct
colums : better, worse, widest … Ask Ss to do the task first
10’ Adj Compar.. Super.. Explain the grammar
Good Better Best point through feedback
Bad Worse Worst
… … … - Practise reading the
instructions.
- Superlatives of short adjectives :
Copy
The + ADJ + EST
+ some irregular :
Good – better – the best
Bad – worse – the best
Ex : tall – the tallest
+ Note : Comparatives – two people/things
Superlatives – three or more
* Activity 3 : Complete the passage with
7’ Give the task & an -Train Ss’ speaking
the correct form of adjectives
example
Ex : 1. hottest
Do the task
+ AK : 2. hotter, 3. coldest, 4. coldest
Give feedback
5. colder , 6. boggest , 7. highest. 8. smaller
* Activity 4 : Write T ( True) or F (False )
10’ Have Ss guess the answers
for the sentences
first
Play the recording
Ex : 1. T
Listen & check the
+ AK : 2. T , 3. F , 4. T, 5. T , 6. T
answers
Underline the words
ending in – est -Help Ss know how to
Give feedback learn at home

Tape scips :
Ok, everyone. Number one, “ Mount Everest
56
is the highest mountain in the world’’. That’s
true. Number two, “ Ba Be is the largest lake
in Viet Nam’’. That’s also true ! Number
three, Niagara Falls is the highest waterfall
in the world’’. That is true. Oh, wait. Sorry.
5’ That’s false. Next. Number 4, “ Tra Co beach
is the longest beach in Viet Nam’’ is true.
Now number 5, “ The Amazon is the widest
river in the world ‘’. That is true. But the Explain the grammar
longest river is the Nile. Finally, “ The point through examples
Sahara is the hottest desert in the world ‘’. Copy
5’ That is true, too.
* Activity 5 : Modal verbs : Must for rules Have Ss do the task
S + must/ mustn’t + V.o Practice saying the
Ex : You must arrive on time. sentences
You musn’t pick flowers in the school
garden.
2’ * Activity 6: Make the classroom rules
Ex : You must listen to the teacher Do the task at home
You musn’t eat and drink in the
classroom.
….

V/ HOMEWORK :
- Learn Vocab at home.
- Wrire some rules for a climbing
group

WEEK 13
PERIOD 38
UNIT 5 : NATURAL
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 4 : COMMUNICATION

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to do further practice “
Must/ Mustn’t ‘’ for rules through speaking practice .
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ *Activity 1 - Warmer : network Run through the task -Make class more
Boots Do the task in groups exciting and attract
compass Ss to learn English.

Items for climbing

5’ * Activity 2 : Pre – teach Vocab Use pictures, examples for - Help Ss know some
+ torch ( n ) : đèn pin , ngọn đuốc the task words before practising
+ waterproof coat ( n ) : áo mưa không thấm Copy reading
nước
+ diverse ( a ) : khác biệt, hay thay đổi
[dai'və:s]
10’ * Activity 3 : Make a list of things you Ask Ss to do the task first
must/mustn’t take to the Himalayas Explain the grammar
point through feedback - Practise reading the
Must Mustn’t instructions.

57
compass T – shirt Discuss and make a list
.... Control the class for help

5’ * Activity 4: Read the travek guide entry Give the task & examples
and write the things you must/ mustn’t do Do the task in pairs
to take to the Himalayas
Ex : You must ask before you visit the area.

15’ * Activity 6: Take the role play


A : I want to fo to the Himalayas. -Train Ss’ speaking
B : I think you must take a waterproof coats
because it’s cold and rainy there.
A : Yes. Anything else ? Do the task at home
B: …

5’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Write a rules for a trip to Himalayas -Help Ss know how to
- Prepare : How do you know about learn at home
Hue, Ha Long Bay ?

WEEK 13 UNIT 5 : NATURAL


PERIOD 39
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 5 : SKILL 1

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to know how to guess
words in context & how is a brochure through reading & speaking practice
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


2’ @ Activity 1 - Warmer : Some famous Run through the task -Make class more
destinations in Vietnam Do the task in groups exciting and attract
Picture 1 ( Nha Trang ) , Picture 2 ( Da Lat ) Ss to learn English.

3’ @ Activity 2 : Pre – teach Vocab Use examples / pictures
+ province ( n ) : tỉnh for the task
+ bay ( n ) : vịnh Copy - Help Ss know some
3’ @ Activity 3 : Use pictures & some words before practising
Where is the passage from ? eliciting questions for the reading
What is it about ? task
What do you know about the places ? Answer the questions

7’ @ Activity 4: Read the following sentences Run through the sentences


& then write T ( True ) or F ( False ) Ask Ss to guesss the
Ex : In Ha Long Bay, some of the islands answers first - Practise reading the
look like people or animasl. – T Read the text, check the instructions.
+ AK : 2. F, 3. T, 4. F, 5. T prediction
5’ @ Activity 5: Guessin words in context Give feedback
Ex : essential -
You must take a boat ride around the Find the words in the text
islands. Guess the meanings
5’ Cuisine [kwi':zi:n] - … here for the food … through context
@ Activity 6 : Answer the questions

58
Ex : 1. It’s in Quang Ninh Province.
+ AK : 2. You must take a boat ride.
3. A visit to the Imperial City is more -Train Ss’ speaking
important.
4. Because people travel there just for
5’ the food. Run through the question
@ Activity 7 : Do the task in groups
8’ Which things are interesting/uninresting Tell the class the
about Hue/ Ha Long Bay ? information
@ Activity 8 : Tell your friends what they Do the task in pairs
2’ must/ mustn’t do when they are visiting your Discuss and make a list
town Control the class for help
Ex : You must bring raincoats …
V/ HOMEWORK :
- Write something about Hue/ Ha Long Do the task at home -Help Ss know how to
Bay . learn at home
- Prepare : Attractions in Vietnam –
Where, How , What activities …

WEEK 14 UNIT 5 : NATURAL


PERIOD 40
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 6 : SKILL 2

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to know about a brochure
& how to write a travel guide through listening & writing practice
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures , cassette

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


2’ @ Activity 1 - Warmer ( Pelmanismn / Run through the task -Make class more
matching ) Some famous destinations in Do the task in groups exciting and attract
Vietnam Ss to learn English.
Picture 1 ( Nha Trang ) , Picture 2 ( Da Lat )
8’ … Run through pictures of
@ Activity 2 : famous places in Vietnam
- Which place doNick’s family choose Guess & answer the - Help Ss know some
10’ for their holiday ? question words before practising
Ex : Nha Trang , Hue Play the recording reading
@ Activity 3 : Listen & do the task
- Listen & answer the questions : Give feedback
Ex : Ha Long Bay, Hue, Mui Ne , Nha Trang
@ AK : Play the recording again
2/ Can we see a picture of the hotel in Mui Listen & do the task
Ne/ Which is cheaper, Mui Ne or Ha Long Give feedback - Practise reading the
Bay ? instructions.
3/ Mui Ne is cheaper but I think Ha Long
Bay us more interesting.
4/ Yes, he is

Tape script :
Travel Agent : We have some great deals. I
recommend Ha Long Bay, Hue, Mui Ne or

59
Nha Trang.
Nick : Wow ! I love the beach. Can we go to -Train Ss’ speaking
Mui Ne ?
Mum : Well let’s think, Nick. Can I see a
picture of the hotel in Mui Ne/
T : Yes, here you are.
Mum : Which is cheaper, Mui Ne or Ha Long
Bay ?
T : Mui Ne is cheaper but I think Ha Long
Bay is more interesting.
Dad : Yes, you’re right ! I think I want to go
to Ha Long Bay. It’s better than Mui Ne.
Nick : Oh
T : Yes, it’s rainy in Mui Ne at this time of -Help Ss know how to
year. You must take umbrellas and learn at home
waterproof coats.
Mum : Ok, let’s book Ha Long Bay please.

10’ @ Activity 4: Fill each blank in the Run through the cues
network with the information about one of Discuss & finish the notes
famous places in Viet Nam;
Ex : 1 – Nha Trang
2. by bus
13’ @ Activity 5: Write a short paragraph Ask Ss to read the
about the place . paragraph about Ha Long
Ex : Nha Trang is a city in Central Viet Bay & Hue ( P. 54 ) for
Nam. We can get there by car, coach … reference
Write the paragraph
Give feedback
2’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Write a travel guide about a place you
know. Do the task at home
- Prepare : Things in nature ,
comparative & superlatives

WEEK 14 UNIT 5 : NATURAL


PERIOD 41
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LOOKING BACK & PROJECT

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to see how far they have
progressed & through vocabulary & grammar & assignments & skills
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ @ Activity 1 - Warmer : Label the things Run through the pictures -Make class more
in nature for the task exciting and attract
Ex : 1 – mountain Do the task in groups Ss to learn English.
@AK : Give feedback
2. waterfall , 3. forest, 4. cave , 5. desert , 6.
5’ lake
7. beach , 8. island , 9. valley - Help Ss know some
@ Activity 2 : words before practising
- Write the words about travel items Run through pictures of reading

60
Ex : scissors Do the task individually
@AK : Give feedback
1. sleeping bag, 3. compass, 4. torch , 5.
pain killers, 6. plaster
5’ @ Activity 3 : Give the task & an
- Fill in the gaps in the following example - Practise reading the
sentences : Do the task instructions.
Ex : hottest Give feedback
@ AK :
5 2/ longest , 3. highest , 4. largest , 5. best
@ Activity 4:
- Match the name of a natural wonder
in A with a word/phrase in B .
Ex : 1 – d
10’ @ AK : 2. c . 3. a, 4. e, 5. b
@ Activity 5: Practice in pairs
- Practice the conversation by using the Control for help -Train Ss’ speaking
information from exercise 4.
A : What is Everest ?
B : I think it the highest mountain in the
world
5’ …
@ Activity 6:
8’ - Complete the dialogue :
Ex : 1. must Do the task in groups
2’ @ AK : 2,3,4 – must
@ Activity 7 : How well do you know Viet
Nam ?
Ex : What’s the wettest in Viet Nam ? Do the task at home -Help Ss know how to
V/ HOMEWORK : learn at home
- Complete the self – assessment.
- Prepare : One period test

WEEK 14
PERIOD 42 REVIEW 2
DATE:

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Ss will be able to pronouce correctly the sounds
/z /, /s/ and / iz/ in isolation and in context

MATERIALS :Workbook, handouts

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ RATIONALE


61
ACTIVITIES
5’ I. Warm up - Greeting -Make class more
- Greeting - Check the exciting and attract
- Check the attendance attendance Ss to learn English.
- Chatting : ask health, weather, free time Do the task
activities……..

10’ II, Revision


- Have Ss comment - remember the way
/iz/ Final-es is pronounced/iz/ after /s/, /z/, /ʤ/, on the way to to pronounces-s/ -es
pronounces-s/ -es at at the end of the
/ʃ/,/tʃ/
the end of the words words
/s/ Final –s is pronounced /s/ after voiceless
sounds(/p/, /t/, /k/, /f/, / - Ss copy down
/Z/ Final –s is pronounced /z/ after voiced sound
(/b/, /d/, /g/, n/, /m/, /n/,…..) and any vowel sounds

10’ III/ Practice -Give the task & an


Ex 1 Group the words with ending sounds/z/, /s/, example
/iz/
posters, beds,lamps, sinks, toilets, lights, chopsticks, -Calls Ss do the task
fridges, dishes, vases, things, pictures, , tables, - Work individually
wardrobes then compare in
pairs
Possible answer: -Give feedback
- Ss copy down
/z/: posters, tables, wardrobes, beds, things, pictures
/s/: lamps, sinks, toilets, lights, chopsticks
/iz/: fridges, dishes, vases
Ex2. Rearrange the words given into the meaning - work in
8’ sentences -Give the task & an
example individuals
1. yard/ front/ school/There/ big/ of/ is/ our/ in/ a.
......................................................................................
2. many/ right/ the/ museum/ Are/ flowers/ the/ there/ -Calls Ss do the task
to/ of/?
...............................................................................
3. next/ photocopy/ What/ store/ there/ the/ is/ to /?
................................................................................
4. hospital/ father/ in/ the/ city/ My/ a/ works/ in.
................................................................................. - copy down
-Gives feedback
5. there/ family/ many/ in/ are/ How/ your/ people/ ?
……………………………………………………
10’ -Calls Ss to practice - Work individually
Ex3.Put a word from the box in each gap to then compare in
in pairs
complete the following passage. pairs
Control for help
has classroom comes school
gets
students floors windows in
blackboard
Minh’s new school is (1)…….. the city. It is
big. His school has four (2)………and twenty-four
(3)…….There are nine hundred and sixty (4)……in
his school. Every day, Minh (5)……….up at six
62
thirty. He gets dressed, brushes his teeth and washes
his face. He (6)…………. breakfast at seven. He
goes to (7)……….. at seven fifteen.
Today is on duty. He comes to school very
early. He opens all the (8)…….. He cleans the floor
and the (9)…….Everything is ready when the teacher -Gives feedback
(10)……..into the room. - copy down

2’ IV. Homework
- Learn the way to pronounce /s/, /z/, /iz/
at the end of the words
- Do the ex again

Name:…………………… THE SECOND TEST


Class: 6a ….. English 6 -Time: 45 minutes

I. Listen and write the places you hear under the pictures (1,5 pts)
1. museum / square / Ho Chi Minh square 4. cathedral / church / temple
2. temple / church / pagoda 5. villa / palace / memorial
3. statue of Liberty / statue of Peter / statue 6. gallery / picture gallery / art
gallery

1) ............................ 2) ................................. 3) ..................................

4) .............................. 5) ............................... 6) ................................


II. Choose the best answer to complete the sentences: (2,5ms)
1. I finished packing. All my things are in my…………….
A. sleeping bag B. box C. backpack D. plaster
2. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.

63
A. tables B. clocks C. months D. caps
3. The children look very …………… while playing games during break time.
A. excite B. excited C. exciting D. excitement
4. We ……………wash our hands before the meals.
A. should B. won’t C. shouldn’t D. mustn’t
5. Where’s Tuan? He……………judo with his friends.
A. is playing B. is doing C. play D. do
6. Our teacher never gets angry with us. He is very……………
A. boring B. sporty C. creative D. patient.
7. “Excuse me. Is there a souvenir shop near here?” – “Yes, there’s one ……………?
A. turn right B. straight C. straight ahead D. go along
8. What would you like to do tonight?
A. Let’s do. B. Don’t go anywhere
C. Let’s stay at home and watch TV D. No. Thanks
9.. Ha Noi is large, Bangkok is larger and Tokyo is the …….. of the three cities.
A. larger. B. largest.
C. more large . D. most largest.
10. It’s not good to stay up late to watch TV.
A. You shouldn’t stay up late to watch TV. B. You shouldn’t to stay up late to
watch TV.
C. You should stay up late to watch TV. D. You mustn’t to stay up late to
watch
III. Choose the correct answer A, B, C or D foe each of the gaps to complete the passage:
(2ms)
Ha Long Bay is in Quang Ninh Province. It has many (1) ………..and caves. The islands are
named after things around us. (2) ………..the bay you can find Rooster and Han Island and even
Man’s Head Island. You must (3) ………..a boat ride around the islands – it’s essential! Tuan
Chau is (4) ………..island in Ha Long Bay. There you can (5) ………..great Vietnamese
seafood. You can watch (6) ……….. dances. You can join exciting (7) ………... Ha Long Bay is
Vietnam’s most beautiful (8) ………..wonder.

1. A. rocks B. islands C. island D. lakes


2. A. On B. At C. In D. Over
3. A. to take B. taking C. take D. to taking
4. A. the biggest B. big C. biggest D. bigger
5. A. to enjoy B. enjoy C. enjoying D. enjoyed
6. A. historic B. good C. traditional D. difficult
7. A. activity B. acts C. activities D. actions
8. A. natural B. nature C. local D. international
VI. Read the passage and choose the best answer for each question: (2ms)
Viet Nam’s New Year is celebrated according to the Lunar calendar. It is officially know as Tet
Nguyen Dan, or Tet. It begins at the end of January or early February. The exact date changes
from year to year. Vietnamese people usually make preparations for the holiday several weeks
beforehand. They tidy their houses, cook special food, clean and make offering on the family
altars. On the New Year’s Eve, people sit up to midnight to see the New Year in, then they put on
new clothes and give one another the greeting of the season. Tet lasts ten days. The first three
days are the most important. Vietnamese people believe that how people act during those days
will influence the whole year. As a result, they make every effort to avoid arguments and smile
as much as possible.
1. When does Tet begin?
A. At the end of January or early February B. Early February or at the end of
January
C. In early February D. At the end of February
2. What do Vietnamese people usually do to prepare for Tet?
A. Tidy the houses and cook special food B. Buy fireworks

64
C. Clean and make offering on the family altars D. A and C are correct
3. How long does Tet last?
A. Three days B. A week C. Ten days D. Many days
4. Why are the first three days the most important?
A. Because they make every effort to avoid arguments and smile as much as possible.
B. Because they put on new clothes on these days
C. Because Vietnamese people believe that how people act during those days will influence the
whole year.
D. Because they give one another the greeting of the season.
V. WRITING (2MS): Choose the correct sentence.
1. She/ like/ get up/ early/ water/ flower/ in / garden/.
A. She like getting up early and watering the flowers in the garden.
B. She likes getting up early and watering the flowers in the garden.
C. She likes geting up early and water the flowers in the garden.
D. She likes get up early and watering the flowers in the garden.
2. Amazon River/ be/ long/ Mekong River/.
A. The Amazon River is longer than Mekong River.
B. The Amazon River is longger than Mekong River.
C. The Amazon River is more longer than Mekong River.
D. The Amazon River is the longest Mekong River.
3. Students/ should/ copy/ other students/ work.
A. Students should copy other students’ work. B. Students should to copy other students’
work.
C. Students shouldn’t to copy other students’ work. D. Students shouldn’t copy other students’
work.
4. You/ do/ anything/ this Friday/ evening?
A. Are you doing anything this Friday evening? B. You are doing anything on this Friday
evening?
C. Do you do anything this Friday evening? D. Are you doing anything on this Friday
evening?

------------------------------------- The end -------------------------------------


Answer Key
THE SECOND TEST
English 6 -Time: 45 minutes
I. Listening ( 1,5 pts ) Each correct answer is 0,25 pt
1. square
2. temple
3. statue
4. cathedral
5. palace
6. art gallery

II.Choose the best answer ( 2,5 pts ) Each correct answer is 0,25 pt
1. C 2. A 3. B 4. A 9. B
5. B 6. D 7. C 8. C 10.A

III. Reading ( 2,0 pts) Each correct answer is 0,25 pt


1. B 2. C 3. C 4. A
5. B 6. C 7. C 8. A

VI . Reading(2,0 pts) Each correct answer is 0,5 pt


65
1. A 2. D 3. C 4. C

V.Writing ( 2,0 pts ) Each correct answer is 0,5 pt


1. B 2. A 3. D 4. A

TABLE OF SPECIFICATION ( TOS)


THE SECOND TEST
Grade: 6 ( 2014-2015)
Part/
Section/ Test items Question levels Q.types No. of Test Mark Time
Q.no. Re Un App items questions alloc. alloc.
Choose the correct answer
PART I by circling MCQ
Listening 6 6 Q 1 6 1.5 m 5'

Pronunciation:
PART II
Phonetics S  /s/ vs /z/ 1 MCQ 1 Q2 0.25 m 1’

Lexis Vocabulary 3 MCQ 3 Q1,6,7 0.75 m

Verb tenses: 2 MCQ 2 Q3,5, 0,5 m 14


Grammar
Suggestion + Advise 3 MCQ 2 Q8,4,10 0,75 m
Comparative 1 1 Q9 0.25m
1. Cloze test:
PART 3 Complete the passage 8 MCQ 8 Q 1-8 2.0 ms 15’

Reading Choose the best answer 4 MCQ 4 Q 1-4 2.0 ms

Choose the correct


PART 4 Sentence 4 MCQ 4 Q 1-4 2.0 ms 10'
Writing

TOTAL: 7 20 4 31 10 marks 45'

WEEK 15 CORRECT THE SECOND


PERIOD 44
TEST

66
WEEK 15 UNIT 6 : OUR TET HOLIDAY
PERIOD 45
GETTING STARTED
DATE:

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to talk about Tet activities
and traditions.
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures . cassette
DATE : CLASS :

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


3’ @ Activity 1 - Warmer : Match the Run through the pictures -Make class more
pictures with the correct celebrations for the task exciting and attract
Ex : Picture 1 – Birthday Do the task in groups Ss to learn English.
@ Activity 2 : Give feedback
- Pre – teach Vocabn : Use pictures/examples for
10’ + celebration ( n ) : lễ mừng [,seli'brei∫n] the task
+ celebrate ( v ) : chào mừng Copy - Help Ss know some
+ decorate ( v ) : trang hoàng ['dekəreit] words before practising
+ fireworks ( n ) : pháo hoa ['faiəwə:ks] reading
+ peach blossom ( n ) : hoa đào ['pi:t∫blou]
+ apricot blossom ( n ) : hoa mai ['eiprikɔt]
@ Activity 3 : Answer the question Use eliciting questions for
2’ - What people often do for Tet ? the pre – task
Ex : They decorate their houses
@ Activity 4: Run through the - Practise reading the
10’ - Write T/ F for the statements statements first instructions.
Ex : 1 – F Guess & do the task
@ AK : 2.F . 3. F. 4. T, 5. T Play the recording
@ Activity 5: Listen & read
- Find the information from 1 and then Check the answer again
5’ Give feedback
fill the blanks
Ex : 1. the end of January
@AK
Give the task & an
2. house , 3. flowres , plants , 4. fireworks
example
5. great food, lucky money , 6. family
Do the task -Train Ss’ speaking
gatherings
5’ Give feedback
@ Activity 6:
- Write the words/phrases for the
pictures
Ex : 1. b
8’
@ AK : 2. a , 3. c, 4. e, 5. h, 6. g, 7. f. 8. d
+ about Tet : 1,2,3,7,8
Practice speaking in
@ Activity 7 :
groups
2’ - Make a list of activites for Tet. Control for help
Ex : Getting lucky money
Visiting relatives Do the task at home
@ Activity 8 - HOMEWORK : -Help Ss know how to
- Prepare : Write things & activities learn at home
for Tet.

67
WEEK 16 UNIT 6 : OUR TET HOLIDAY
PERIOD 46
A CLOSER LOOK 1
DATE:

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to extend and practice
vocabulary related to “ Tet ‘’
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures . cassette
DATE :

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


10’ @ Activity 1 - Warmer : Listen & tick ( ٧ Run through the words -Make class more
) the words Play the recording exciting and attract
Wish furniture realtive house … Listen & do the task Ss to learn English.
Give feedback
@ Activity 2 : Label the pictures with the
5’ words Do the task in groups
Ex : 1 – fireworks Give feedback - Help Ss know some
+ AK : 1. b , 2- i , 3- d , 4 – j , 5 – f , 6 – g words before practising
7 – h, 8 – e , 9 – k, 10 – c , 11 – a reading
10’
@ Activity 3 : Math the verbs with the Run through the cues for
suitable nouns : the task
Ex : 1 – cook special food. Give one example
+ AK : go to a pagoda , give lucky money , Do the task
visit relatives , clean the furniture,decorate Give feedback & - Practise reading the
our house, plant trees , make a wish , hang a explaination ( pay much instructions.
calendar, watch fireworks, do the shopping, attention to coherence )
buy a peach blossomd Play the recording
7’ Listen & repeat
@ Activity 4: Pronunciation Listen & write
- Listen & repeat Check the answer
Ex : / s / : blossoms, summer, rice, celebrate , Give feedback
school, special, spring.
/ ∫ / : she , shopping, should, wish,
3’ rubbish
@ Activity 5: Listen & tick ( ٧ ) : Give the task & an -Train Ss’ speaking
/ s / or / ∫ / : example
Ex : / s / : We come home every summer . Do the task
+ AK Give feedback
12’ / ∫ / : 2, 3,5 / s / : 1, 4, 6,7
@ Activity 6: Listen & practice
Ex : Spring is coming !
3’ ….. Do the task at home
@ Activity 8 - HOMEWORK :
- Prepare : What do you often do at
Tet ?

-Help Ss know how to


learn at home

68
WEEK 16 UNIT 6 : OUR TET HOLIDAY
PERIOD 47
A CLOSER LOOK 2
DATE:

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to extend and practice
vocabulary related to “ Tet ‘’
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures . cassette

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ @ Activity 1 - Warmer : Match the Run through the pictures -Make class more
pictures with the correct phrases & the phrases exciting and attract
Picture 1 picture 2 … Do the task Ss to learn English.
clean house climb trees … Give feedback
@ Activity 2 : Complete the sentences
5’ with should or shouldn’t : Give an example for the
Ex : 1 – shouldn’t task - Help Ss know some
+ AK : 2. should 3. shouldn’t 4. should Do the task individually words before
@ Activity 3 : Explain the grammar Give feedback practising reading
10’ point:
S + should/shouldn’t + V.o Run through the cues for
→ for advice the task
+ should : good to do Give one example
+ shouldn’t : bad to do Do the task
Ex : Children shouldn’t climb the trees. Give feedback & - Practise reading the
explaination instructions.
5’ @ Activity 4: Tick ( ν ) the activities Copy
children should do at Tet. Cross ( x ) the
activities they shouldn’t
Ex : behave well ν Work in groups to do the
Eat lots of sweets x task
@ Activity 5: Read Phong’s letter & pick Check the answer
5’ out the sentences with : S + will/won’t + V.o Give feedback
Ex : My father will repaint our house.
We won’t buy banh chung.
8’ @ Activity 6: Grammar point Give the task & examples -Train Ss’ speaking
S + will/won’t + V.o Do the task
→ for future intentions/plans Give feedback
5’ Ex : I’ll help my mother cook banh chung.
Explain the target
@ Activity 7: Write sentences with language through
will/won’t examples
Ex : Phong will visit his relatives Copy
Do the task individually
2’
@ Activity 8 - HOMEWORK :
- Prepare : Find the flags of some
countries : Japan, America … Do the task at home -Help Ss know how to
learn at home

69
WEEK 16 UNIT 6 : OUR TET HOLIDAY
PERIOD 48
COMMUNICATION
DATE:

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to know some activites for
New Year in some countries
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


10’ @ Activity 1 - Warmer : Match the flags Run through the pictures -Make class more
with the countries & the phrases exciting and attract
Ex : 1- Holland Do the task Ss to learn English.
+ AK : 2 – Japan , 3 – the USA , 4 – Give feedback &
Australia 5 - Thailand , 6 – Viet Nam, 7- explaination
Scotland , 8 – Korea
Ex : A : Hi, I’m from Practice Speaking in pairs - Help Ss know some
5’ B : You’re English words before
@ Activity 2 : Match the four groups of practising reading
people with the pictures :
Ex : 1 – the Scottish, Scotland Give an example for the
+ AK : 2. the Thai, Thailand 3. The task
H’Mong, Viet Nam 4. The Japanese, Japan Do the task individually
10’ @ Activity 3 : Read the text & correct the Give feedback
prediction as well as to decide which - Practise reading the
groups of people celebrate New Year that instructions.
way Run through the
Ex : a – H’ Mong paragraphs to check the
10’ + AK : b. Thai, c. Japanese , d. Scottish answers & then to do the
@ Activity 4: Check the meaning of new task
words from the context : Give feedback &
Ex : a – the covers of a rooster, chicken or explaination
bird
+ AK : b. become colder Ask Ss to use the context
8’ c. take away to guess the meanings of
d. the first person to enter your home the word/ phrase -Train Ss’ speaking
after New Year’s Eve Give feedback
@ Activity 5: What is the most interested
in ? Give the task & an
Ex : The celebration is in April example
Throw water together Work in pairs to write
2’ → Thai some activities of the
celebration
Read aloud the writing
Decide the answer
@ Activity 6 - HOMEWORK :
- Prepare : What do you & your
family often do on the first day of -Help Ss know how to
New Year ? Do the task at home learn at home

70
WEEK 17 UNIT 6 : OUR TET HOLIDAY
PERIOD 49
SKILL 1
DATE:

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to know some activites for
New Year in some countries through reading practice
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ @ Activity 1 - Warmer : Run through the task -Make class more
Visit realtives go to a Do the task individually exciting and attract
pagoda speaking practice ) Ss to learn English.

What do you and


your family often - Help Ss know some
do at Tet ? words before
practising reading

10’ @ Activity 2 : Pre – teach Vocab Use examples/pictures for


- belief ( n ) lòng tin the task
- respect ( n ) : sự kính trọng Copy
- shrimp (n ) : tôm Run through the
@ Activity 3 : Say who the following statements - Practise reading the
statements refer to Do the task in pairs to instructions.
10’ Ex : 1- C guess the answers
+ AK : 2. A , 3. B 4. A , 5. C, 6. B , 7. C Read the text & check the
@ Activity 4: Test your memory ! answers
5’ - Tick ( ٧ ) the things which appear in Give feedback
the passage and cross ( x ) the ones
which don’t Give the task & examples
Ex : a. lucky number ٧ Do the task
Check the answers
+ AK : - Appear : b, d, e, f, g , I
7’ Disappear : c, h ,j -Train Ss’ speaking
@ Activity 5: What you will or won’t do
this New Year
Ex : I will watch a fireworks display. Practice speaking in
I won’t play cards. groups
6’ @ Activity 6: What we should/shouln’t Give an example for the
do at Tet. task
Ex : We should invite friends home Do the task in groups

2’ @ Activity 7 - HOMEWORK :
- Write some popular beliefs you know Do the task at home
about the New Year
Ex : You shouln’t wear black at Tet . -Help Ss know how to
learn at home

71
WEEK 17 UNIT 6 : OUR TET HOLIDAY
PERIOD 50
SKILL 2
DATE:

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to know what activites
people are going to do for Tet through listening & writing practice
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures , cassette

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


3’ @ Activity 1 - Warmer : Discuss in groups -Make class more
exciting and attract
What should people buy for Tet ? Ss to learn English.
@ Activity 2 : Tick ( ν ) Mai and her
mother are going shopping for Tet Play the recording
10’ Ex : peach blossoms Listen & write the things
Check the answers - Help Ss know some
+ AK : 3, 4, 5, 7 Play the recording again words before
@ Activity 3 : Listen & write the names Listen & tick practising reading
of things they will for the people in colums
7’ A Guess & fill in the blanks
A. People B. Thing s Listen & do the task
1. Mai & her brother Clothes Give feedback
2. Mai’s dad A tie
3. Mai’s grandfather Some sweets - Practise reading the
@ Activity 4: What people prepare for Tet instructions.
5’ Ex : Give the task
- Will : buy some food… Discuss in groups
- Won’t : go out with friends …
- Should : invite friends to come home
- Shouldn’t : ask for lucky money ..
Ask Ss to writte the e –
@ Activity 5: Write an e- mail to a friend
13’ mail by using the
about Tet holidays
information they got
Ex :
Control for help
Dear Ann,
Correct the wriitngs -Train Ss’ speaking
I feek very happy ….
This year I will buy some new clothes ..
2’
Do the task at home
@ Activity 6- HOMEWORK :
2’ -Help Ss know how to
- Write the e- mail at home from learn at home
teacher’s feedback

WEEK 17 UNIT 6 : OUR TET HOLIDAY


PERIOD 51
LOOKING BACK & PROJECT
DATE:

72
OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to see how far they have
progressed & through vocabulary & grammar & assignments & skills

MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures , cassette

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


10’ @ Activity 1 - Warmer : Match the action Give the task -Make class more
with the things Do the task in groups exciting and attract
Ex : 1. k Give feedback Ss to learn English.
+ AK : 2.e, 3.d , 4. c, 5. j, 6. g. 7. i , 8. h, 9.a,
10. l , 11. b, 12. f, 13. m
@ Activity 2 : Game : “ About or Not Practice speaking in practising speaking
5’ about Tet ‘’ groups
Ex : About Tet – give lucky money … Take turns to read aloud
@ Activity 3 : Write the sentences what each phrase from the list - Practise writingskill
Phong will do or won’t do on New Year in instructions.
10’ Thailand Run through the phrases
Ex : Phong will travel by plane Say the sentences before
He won’t eat banh chung. writing

10’ @ Activity 4: Listen & fill the summary Correct Ss’ writing
with should or shouldn’t : Play the recording
Ex : 1. should Listen & write
+ AK : 2. should 3. should 4. shouldn’t Check the answers
5’ 5. shouldn’t 6. should Play the recording again
@ Activity 5: Rearrange the words in each Listen & tick -Train Ss’ speaking
sentences to make New Year wishes and Do the task individually
greetings Give feedback
Ex : I wish you good health and good luck
+ AK : 2. Have a great year with your
studies
3. I wish you success in your career Practice speaking
4. I wish you a joyful year. individually
3’ @ Activity 6 : I have a dream !
“ Everybody will have enough food ‘’

2’ @ Activity 7- HOMEWORK : Do the task at home -Help Ss know how to


- What can you learn from this unit . learn at home
Tick ( ٧ )
Ex : use will/won’t for intentions

WEEK 18
PERIOD 52
DATE:
REVIEW 2

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to review of language from
unit 4.5.6 : Comparative, Superlative …
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures, posters , cassette

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE

73
5’ I/ WARMER : Write the opposites of the Run through the words -Make class more
words Do the task in groups exciting and attract
Ex : 1 – big – smal Give feedback Ss to learn English.
@ AK : 2. noisy ,3. cheap, , 40 low , 5 – sad
,6/ hot , 7/ unimportant , 8/ short , 9/ clean,
10/ boring
II/ PRACTICE : Work in groups - Help Ss know some
5’ 1/ Activity 2 : Choose the correct word Share the answers and words before practising
word for the definations : check reading
Ex : 1/ square
@ AK : 2. first footter . 3/ waterfall , 4/
shop , 5/ museum , 6/ desert, 7/ wish , 8/
lucky money, 9/ mountain
5’ 2/ Activity 3 : Put the words into correct
item: Do the task - Practise reading the
1/ Places in a village, city , town : square , Check the answers instructions.
shop .. together
2/ Natural wonders : desert, rocks ..
3/ New Year festival : wish …
10’ 3/ Activity 4 : Rewrite the sentences : Do the task individually
Ex : Viet Nam is much hotter than Sweden Give feedback
@ AK : 2 The Ansdes is the longest
mountain range in the world. Ask the form of grammar
3/ A car is often more expensive than a points
motorbike. 4/ Ho Chi Minh City is
noisier than Hoi An.
5/ The air in the city is often more polluted
than …
6/ Ba Be Lake is the biggest natural .. Give the task & examples
5’ 4/ Activity 5 : Complete the sentences Do the task in pairs
with should/ shouldn’t : Control for help -Train Ss’ speaking
Ex : 1 – should
@ AK : 2 . should , 3/ shouldt , 4/
shouldn’t , 5/ should , 6/ should
5’ 5/ Activity 6 : Complete the text with Practice in pairs
will/ won’t :
Ex : 1 – won’t
@ AK : 2- will, 3. will , 4/ will , 5/ will , 6/
will , 6/ will, 7/ will , 8/ won’t, 9/ will , 10/
will
5’ 6/ Activity 7 : Listen & read these tongue Play the recording
twisters Listen & reapeat
Ex : A cheap ship trip.

5’ V/ HOMEWORK : Do the task at home -Help Ss know how to


- review the exercise learn at home
- prepare the exam

WEEK 18
PERIOD 53 REVIEW 2( cont )
DATE: Everyday English
74
OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to revise the skills they
practice since Unit 4
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures, posters , cassette

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ I/ WARMER : Matching ( 8.Choose the Run through the words -Make class more
best replies for the questions ) Do the task individually exciting and attract
Ex : 1- a / What shall we do this afternoon ? Give feedback Ss to learn English.
Let’s play football.
+ AK : 2.c, 3/ f , 4/ b, 5/ d
II/ PRACTICE :
3’ 1/ Activity 2 : Listen and answer the Play the recording - Help Ss know some
question Listen and do the task words before practising
When does Mai’s family want to go to Share the answers and Listening
Singapore ? check
( Mai’s family will go to Singapore at Tet. )
7’ 2/ Activity 3 : Listen again and write T Do the task in pairs
( True ) or F ( False ) : Check the answers
EX : 1/ F ( They will stay there for five together
days )
@ AK : 2. F ( There’s not much shopping )
3. T , 4. T , 5. T , 6. T
2’ 3/ Activity 4 : Reading – Read & match Answer the questions - Practise reading
the paragraph with the headings
Ex : A – e
@ AK : B- d , C-c , D – a
3’ 4/ Activity 5 : Read the text and find the Do the exercise
namse of : individually
1/ a natural attraction : The Zoo ..
2/ an ethnic quarter : Chinatown ..
10’ 5/ Activity 6 : Read & answer the
questions
Ex : Where should you go in Singapore if
you want to see the nature ?
Rainforests, gardens , parks …
@ AK Give feedback
1/ They have impressive art collection , some of
which are among the best and finest from all over the
world
2/ They happen all year round.
3/ They can have adventurous activities, visit
historical monuments, or go to Resorts World Sentosa
3’ 6/ Activity 7 : Ask your friends -Train Ss’ speaking
If you has a chance to go to Singapore ,
which place do you want to go and why ?
10’ 7/ Activity 8 : Make a list about your Practice speaking in pairs
town . Include the information :
- Culture : festivals ..
- Sports : soccer Do the task in groups
- Hotels : .. Control for help
- Nature :
2’ V/ HOMEWORK : Write a website -Help Ss know how to
introducing the town by using the learn at home

75
information

WEEK 18
PERIOD 54 REVISION FOR THE FIRST
DATE:
TERM EXAM
Everyday English

Objectives : By the end of the feedback, Ss will be able to know how much their knowdlege
they get & how many marks they get after one period doing exercise
Materials : Cassette, posters

Time Contents T’s & S’s Activities RATIONALE


@ Activity 1 : Warmer
7’ Choose the best answer for each Do the task individual - Practise reading skill
question :
1/ Lan’s school is more ………………
than Thanh’s school.
a. pretty b. narrow c. beautiful
d. large
2/ Let’s …………… at home and
watch TV !
a. stay b. go c. come
d. travel
3/ Find the word which has a different
sound in the part underlined :
a. advice b. price c. nice
d. police
5’ …. Do the task individual - Practise reading skill
@ Activity 2 : Fill each blank in the
following passage with a suitable word
from the box.

Summer spacious
population across shadows
beaches
-Train Ss’ reading
Da Nang has a (0 ) population of nearly Ask Ss to do the task
800,000 people. The Han River flows individually
through the city. The city part on the east
bank is newer and more ( 1 ) ……
1. spacious 2. across 3. beaches 4.
10’ Summer
@ Activity 3 : Read the passages and
choose the correct options according to
the readings :
One of my favorite vacation places is
Mexico. I really like the weather there Give feedback
because it never gets cold. ..
5’ 1/ a 2/ d 3/ a 4/ d Ask Ss to do the task in
@ Activity 4 : Rewrite the following groups

76
sentences, beginning as showns, so that Give feedback
the meaning stays the same
The Mekong River is longer than the Red
River.
The Red River is shorter than the Mekong
River.
10’ ..
@ Activity 5 : Listening
Part 1 : Listen and write T ( True ) or F
( False ) for each sentence
1/ T , 2 / F , 3/ F, 4 /T
5’ Part 2 : 1 – High , 2/ 10 , 3/ John , 4/ Clare
@ Activity 6 : Pay atttention to the
mistakes in Ss’ writing .
5’ @ Activity 6 : Telling Ss’ marks -Help Ss know how to
V/ HOMEWORK : learn at home
- Prepare : The Exam

WEEK 19
PERIOD 55 REVISION FOR THE FIRST
DATE:
TERM EXAM
Everyday English

OBJECTIVES:
- By the end of this lesson, students will be able to practice doing what they have learnt , know
how they understand all the lessons which they have learnt from unit 1 to unit 6.
- Skills: develop speaking, listening, reading and writing skills.
- Political thought and moral sense: educate students to be more interested in learning English
and they will know the importance of getting marks from the test.
TEACHING AIDS:
The copy of the test
METHODS:
- Greetings, Choose a topic to talk about, gap - fill, multiple choice, T / F statements,
comprehension questions, ordering and write - it - up.
Time Contents T’s & S’s Activities RATIONALE
5’ Part I: Speaking (3,0 pts): Students will Part I . ( 3,0 pts ) - Each
choose one of the six topic then talk about correct answer is 0, 3 pt - Practise 4skills
before the Exam
that topic
Topic 1: Describe your school.
Topic 2: Describe your house.
Topic 3: Talk about one of your close

77
friends.
Topic 4: Talk about your home town.
Topic 5: Talk about the place you want to
visit very much.
Topic 6: What will you do to prepare for
- Practise 4skills
Tet?
before the Exam
6’ Part II: Listening (3,0 pts) Part II. ( 3,0 pt ) - Each
1. Listen and fill in each blank one word correct answer is 0,25 pt
you hear (1,5 pts)
1. Nick’s staying in a ................. room. 1) Tiger
2. There’s a big bear near the ................... . 2) door
3. In the for corner, there’s 3) window
a ........................... . 4) big
4. Next to the shelves is a ................ bed. 5) wardrobe
5. There’s a ....................... next to the bed. 6) sofa
- Practise 4skills
6. In front of these windows there’s
before the Exam
a ..................., a table and two stools.
2. Listen and choose one word you hear
(1,5 pts) 2.
1. My best friend has a ( round / oval /
long ) face. 1) round
2. He isn’t very ( short / tall / fat ) but he is 2) tall
kind. 3) short curly
3. My best friend has ( long curly / short 4) big blue
black / short curly ) hair. 5) hard-working
4. James has blond hair and ( big black / big 6) reading
blue / big brown ) eyes.
5. She is clever and ( friendly / freedom -
loving / hard - working )but she is also very
funny.
6. She loves ( reading / writing / making ) - Practise 4skills
short poem. before the Exam

15’ Part III: Reading (2,0 pts) Part III . ( 2,0 pts ) - Each
Read the text then do the following tasks correct answer is 0,25 pt
Tet or Lunar New Year holiday is the
most important celebration for Vietnamese
people. Tet is a festival which happens in
late January or early February. Before Tet,
people usually clean and decorate their
homes. They go to the market to buy
candies, jams or dried watermelon seeds.
They also get new clothes which are worn
78
at Tet. They often buy peach blossoms and
apricot blossom which are traditional
flowers on Tet holiday. Tet is the busiest
time of the year.
Tet is a time for family members gather
and have special meals with special food
such as “banh chung” and “banh tet”. - Practise 4skills
People often visit relatives and close family before the Exam
friends on the second day of the holiday.
1. Read the text then mark the sentences 1.
as True (T) or False (F) (1,0 pts)
a) Tet is not very important for Vietnamese a) F
people. b) T
b) Tet happens in late January or early c) T
February. d) F
c) People usually clean and decorate their
homes.
d) Tet is a quiet time of the year.
2. Read the text then answer the following 2.
questions. (1,0 pt) a) They wear new clothes.
a) What do people wear at Tet? b) Peach blossoms and apricot
b) Which flowers are traditional on Tet blossom (are traditional on Tet
holiday? holiday)
c) What do people usually eat at Tet ? c) They usually eat “banh
d) Do you like Tet holiday? Why? chung” and “banh tet” at Tet.
d) Ss’ answers. ( with a correct
- Practise 4skills
and clear answer, Ss can get 0,25 before the Exam
point)

15’ Part IV: Writing (2,0 pts) Part IV . ( 2,0 pts ) - Each
1. Put the words in the correct orders to correct answer is 0,25 pt
make meaningful sentences (1,0 pt ) 1.
a) the / strangest / Australia / rock / is / in / a) Ayers Rock is the strangest
Ayers Rock / rock in Australia.
b) a village. / than / A city / is / noisier / b) A city is noisier than a village.
c) than / longer / The Amazon River / the c) The Amazon River is longer
Mekong River. / is / than The MeKong river.
d) hottest / desert / Sahara / the / is / d) Sahara is the hottest desert in
world. / in / the the world.
2. Write a short paragraph about 2. - Ss write correctly, clearly and
sentences about one famous place in Viet meaningful, they will get 0,25pt
Nam.(1,0 pt) for each sentence

79
V/ HOMEWORK :
4’ - Prepare : The Exam

WEEK 20
PERIOD 58 UNIT 7 : TELEVISION
DATE GETTING STARTED

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students can use the lexical items related to
television as well as to describe a TV programme.

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ I/ WARMER : Run through the topic _ Make class more
T Talk about the topic exciting and attract Ss
Movies V to learn English.
Music
10’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES : Use pictures,examples … _ Help Ss know some
- Pre – teach Vocab : for the task
new words
80
+ programme ( n ) : ['prougræm] : Chương Copy
trình
+ channel ( n) : ['t∫ænl] : Kênh truyền hình
+ cartoon ( n ) : [kɑ:'tu:n] : Phim hoạt hình
+ educational ( a ) : [,edju:'kei∫ənl] : có tính
cách giáo dục Use eliciting questions &
+ entertaining ( a ) : [,entə'teiniη] : có tính giải drawings
trí
-Present the situation :
Who’s this ? ( Phong )
And here ? ( Nam )
20’ What are they talking about ? ( TV ) Play the recording -Help Ss know how
III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES : Listen to the recording to read
- Listen & read Do the task in pairs comprehension
- Answer the questions Give feedback
Ex : What is Hung’s favourite TV
programme ?
Laughing out Loud Ask Ss to read the
@ AK : 2/ VTV3 3/ No, they aren’t dialogue & do the task
4/ Because he is awful.
5/ Tom is stupid, but funny.
- Adjectives to describle characters :
Mr. Bean : funny, awful
Tom : stupid, funny
Jerry : intelligent Give feedback
- Put the correct word under each
picture :
Run through the pictures
Ex : 1 – national television
for the task
@ AK : 2- news programme, 3- local - Practice reading
television , 4- comedy, 5- game show, 6-
Do the task individually
animal programme
- Complete the sentences with the
Do the task in pairs
correct words :
Give feedback
Ex : 1 – national
@ AK : 2- comedy , 3 – channels , 4 –
competition ,
Practice speaking in Practice speaking
7’ 5 – cartoons, 6- educational
pairs/groups
IV/ POST – ACTIVITIES :
Control the class for help
What’s your favourite TV programme ?
Why ?
Ex : My favourite TV programme is cartoon
3’ because it’s funny. -Know how to learn
Do the task at home
V/ HOMEWORK : at home
- Write down things you like &
dislikes about TV .
- Learn Vocab at home.
- Prepare : Some words related TV.

WEEK 20
PERIOD 59 UNIT 7 : TELEVISION
DATE A CLOSER LOOK 1

81
* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students can use the lexical items related to
television as well as to pronounce the / ð / & / θ] correctly in isolation and in context.

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ I/ WARMER : Write the words/phrases in Run through the words & -Make class more
the box under the pictures : pictures exciting and attract
Ex : 1 – MC Do the task in groups Ss to learn English.

10’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES : Use the feedback of the - Help Ss know some
- Correct the warmer task : warmer as a task words before practising
@ AK : 1 – newsreader , 2 – TV shedule Explain the words / reading
3 – MC ( Master of ceremony ) , 4 – viewer phrases
20’ 5 – remote control , 6 – weatherman
III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES :
- Choose a word from the box for each Run through the pictures - Practise reading the
description below : & the words instructions.
Ex : 1 – weatherman Do the task in groups
@ AK : 2 – newsreader 3 – remote control Correct the answers
4 – MC , 5 – volume button , 6 – TV viewer

- Play the game : “ What is it ? ‘’ Give the task & an


Ex : A person who gives a weather forecast - example
a weatherman Do the task in pairs -Train Ss’ speaking
- Listen & repeat the words :
- Put them into the correc column :
/ ð / : there , them, neither, weatherman, Play the recording
than, feather Listen & repeat
/ θ / : theatre, Thanksgiving, earth, anything, Do the task individually
both, through Give feedback

7’ IV/ POST – ACTIVITIES : Play the recording . -Help Ss know how to


- Take turns reading the sentence Listen to the recording. learn at home
quickly and correctly : Saying the sentence
Control for help
The thirty – three thieves are thinking of
how to get through the security

3’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Pay much attention to the Do the task at home -Know how to learn at
pronunciation / ð / & / θ] home
- Prepare : Question words

WEEK 20
PERIOD:60 UNIT 7 : TELEVISION
DATE: A CLOSER LOOK 2

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to use question words for a
specific piece of inforamation as well as conjuntions ( because , but … ) to connect words and
ideas.

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE

82
5’ 1/ Activity 1 - WARMER : Read the Run through the task -Make class more
converstion and underline the question words Do the task in groups exciting and attract
Ex : What Ss to learn English.
@ AK : Where, How long Give feedback
10’ 2/ Activity 2 – How to use question words
- Explain the table ( p. 9 ) Run through the question - Help Ss know some
Ex : When – the time words words before practising
When do we have maths ? Ask Ss how to use them reading
We have maths on Monday. Explain the grammar
- Use the question words to complete point & give examples
the conversations :
Ex : 1 – How often
@ AK : 1 – How often , What
2 – Who
3 – When, Where
15’ 3/ Activity 3 – How to use conjuntions – so, Ask Ss to complete the - Practise reading the
but, because, and, although sentences first instructions.
- Complete the sentences :
Ex : 1 – and Use feedback as a task to
@ AK : 2 – but , 3 – Although , 4 – because , explain the grammar point
5 – so
+ and : và – nối hai từ, câu có nghĩa tương Listen to the teacher
tự nhau
+ but : nhưng - nối hai từ, câu có nghĩa trái
ngược nhau
+ because – bởi vì – nói về lí do Run through the task Practise reading
+ Although – cho dù – có nghĩa tương phản
nhau Do the task individually
+ so – vì vậy – chỉ nguyên nhân
- Match the beginning & the ending :
Ex : 1 – c
@ AK : 2 – a, 3 – e , 4 – b, 5 – d Correct the answers
10’ 3/ Activity 4 – Find out the information by
using Wh – questions :
Ex : What is the name of the national TV Give the task & an -Train Ss’ speaking
channel ? example
+ What time does it broadcast ? Do the task in pairs
+ What is the name of the programme for Control for help
children ?
+ How much do people spend for cable TV a
month ? Give feedback
+ What is your favourite TV person ?
5’ 4/ Activity 4 - HOMEWORK : Do the task at home -Help Ss know how to
- Do exercise 3 / p. 16 learn at home
- Prepare : Some famous TV
programmes

WEEK 21
PERIOD 38 UNIT 7 : TELEVISION
DATE: COMMUNICATION

83
OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to do further practice “
Must/ Mustn’t ‘’ for rules through speaking practice .
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ *Activity 1 - Warmer : network Run through the task -Make class more
Boots Do the task in groups exciting and attract
compass Ss to learn English.

Items for climbing

5’ * Activity 2 : Pre – teach Vocab Use pictures, examples for - Help Ss know some
+ torch ( n ) : đèn pin , ngọn đuốc the task words before practising
+ waterproof coat ( n ) : áo mưa không thấm Copy reading
nước
+ diverse ( a ) : khác biệt, hay thay đổi
[dai'və:s]
10’ * Activity 3 : Make a list of things you Ask Ss to do the task first
must/mustn’t take to the Himalayas Explain the grammar
point through feedback - Practise reading the
Must Mustn’t instructions.
compass T – shirt Discuss and make a list
.... Control the class for help

5’ * Activity 4: Read the travek guide entry Give the task & examples
and write the things you must/ mustn’t do Do the task in pairs
to take to the Himalayas
Ex : You must ask before you visit the area.

15’ * Activity 6: Take the role play


A : I want to fo to the Himalayas. -Train Ss’ speaking
B : I think you must take a waterproof coats
because it’s cold and rainy there.
A : Yes. Anything else ? Do the task at home
B: …

5’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Write a rules for a trip to Himalayas -Help Ss know how to
- Prepare : How do you know about learn at home
Hue, Ha Long Bay ?

WEEK 13
PERIOD 38
UNIT 5 : NATURAL
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 4 : COMMUNICATION

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to do further practice “
Must/ Mustn’t ‘’ for rules through speaking practice .
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ *Activity 1 - Warmer : network Run through the task -Make class more

84
Boots Do the task in groups exciting and attract
compass Ss to learn English.

Items for climbing

5’ * Activity 2 : Pre – teach Vocab Use pictures, examples for - Help Ss know some
+ torch ( n ) : đèn pin , ngọn đuốc the task words before practising
+ waterproof coat ( n ) : áo mưa không thấm Copy reading
nước
+ diverse ( a ) : khác biệt, hay thay đổi
[dai'və:s]
10’ * Activity 3 : Make a list of things you Ask Ss to do the task first
must/mustn’t take to the Himalayas Explain the grammar
point through feedback - Practise reading the
Must Mustn’t instructions.
compass T – shirt Discuss and make a list
.... Control the class for help

5’ * Activity 4: Read the travek guide entry Give the task & examples
and write the things you must/ mustn’t do Do the task in pairs
to take to the Himalayas
Ex : You must ask before you visit the area.

15’ * Activity 6: Take the role play


A : I want to fo to the Himalayas. -Train Ss’ speaking
B : I think you must take a waterproof coats
because it’s cold and rainy there.
A : Yes. Anything else ? Do the task at home
B: …

5’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Write a rules for a trip to Himalayas -Help Ss know how to
- Prepare : How do you know about learn at home
Hue, Ha Long Bay ?

WEEK 13
PERIOD 38
UNIT 5 : NATURAL
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 4 : COMMUNICATION

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to do further practice “
Must/ Mustn’t ‘’ for rules through speaking practice .
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ *Activity 1 - Warmer : network Run through the task -Make class more
Boots Do the task in groups exciting and attract
compass Ss to learn English.

Items for climbing

5’ * Activity 2 : Pre – teach Vocab Use pictures, examples for - Help Ss know some

85
+ torch ( n ) : đèn pin , ngọn đuốc the task words before practising
+ waterproof coat ( n ) : áo mưa không thấm Copy reading
nước
+ diverse ( a ) : khác biệt, hay thay đổi
[dai'və:s]
10’ * Activity 3 : Make a list of things you Ask Ss to do the task first
must/mustn’t take to the Himalayas Explain the grammar
point through feedback - Practise reading the
Must Mustn’t instructions.
compass T – shirt Discuss and make a list
.... Control the class for help

5’ * Activity 4: Read the travek guide entry Give the task & examples
and write the things you must/ mustn’t do Do the task in pairs
to take to the Himalayas
Ex : You must ask before you visit the area.

15’ * Activity 6: Take the role play


A : I want to fo to the Himalayas. -Train Ss’ speaking
B : I think you must take a waterproof coats
because it’s cold and rainy there.
A : Yes. Anything else ? Do the task at home
B: …

5’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Write a rules for a trip to Himalayas -Help Ss know how to
- Prepare : How do you know about learn at home
Hue, Ha Long Bay ?

WEEK 13
PERIOD 38
UNIT 5 : NATURAL
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 4 : COMMUNICATION

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to do further practice “
Must/ Mustn’t ‘’ for rules through speaking practice .
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ *Activity 1 - Warmer : network Run through the task -Make class more
Boots Do the task in groups exciting and attract
compass Ss to learn English.

Items for climbing

5’ * Activity 2 : Pre – teach Vocab Use pictures, examples for - Help Ss know some
+ torch ( n ) : đèn pin , ngọn đuốc the task words before practising
+ waterproof coat ( n ) : áo mưa không thấm Copy reading
nước
+ diverse ( a ) : khác biệt, hay thay đổi
[dai'və:s]
10’ * Activity 3 : Make a list of things you Ask Ss to do the task first

86
must/mustn’t take to the Himalayas Explain the grammar
point through feedback - Practise reading the
Must Mustn’t instructions.
compass T – shirt Discuss and make a list
.... Control the class for help

5’ * Activity 4: Read the travek guide entry Give the task & examples
and write the things you must/ mustn’t do Do the task in pairs
to take to the Himalayas
Ex : You must ask before you visit the area.

15’ * Activity 6: Take the role play


A : I want to fo to the Himalayas. -Train Ss’ speaking
B : I think you must take a waterproof coats
because it’s cold and rainy there.
A : Yes. Anything else ? Do the task at home
B: …

5’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Write a rules for a trip to Himalayas -Help Ss know how to
- Prepare : How do you know about learn at home
Hue, Ha Long Bay ?

WEEK 13
PERIOD 38
UNIT 5 : NATURAL
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 4 : COMMUNICATION

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to do further practice “
Must/ Mustn’t ‘’ for rules through speaking practice .
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ *Activity 1 - Warmer : network Run through the task -Make class more
Boots Do the task in groups exciting and attract
compass Ss to learn English.

Items for climbing

5’ * Activity 2 : Pre – teach Vocab Use pictures, examples for - Help Ss know some
+ torch ( n ) : đèn pin , ngọn đuốc the task words before practising
+ waterproof coat ( n ) : áo mưa không thấm Copy reading
nước
+ diverse ( a ) : khác biệt, hay thay đổi
[dai'və:s]
10’ * Activity 3 : Make a list of things you Ask Ss to do the task first
must/mustn’t take to the Himalayas Explain the grammar
point through feedback - Practise reading the
Must Mustn’t instructions.
compass T – shirt Discuss and make a list
.... Control the class for help

87
5’ * Activity 4: Read the travek guide entry Give the task & examples
and write the things you must/ mustn’t do Do the task in pairs
to take to the Himalayas
Ex : You must ask before you visit the area.

15’ * Activity 6: Take the role play


A : I want to fo to the Himalayas. -Train Ss’ speaking
B : I think you must take a waterproof coats
because it’s cold and rainy there.
A : Yes. Anything else ? Do the task at home
B: …

5’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Write a rules for a trip to Himalayas -Help Ss know how to
- Prepare : How do you know about learn at home
Hue, Ha Long Bay ?

WEEK 13
PERIOD 38
UNIT 5 : NATURAL
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 4 : COMMUNICATION

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to do further practice “
Must/ Mustn’t ‘’ for rules through speaking practice .
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ *Activity 1 - Warmer : network Run through the task -Make class more
Boots Do the task in groups exciting and attract
compass Ss to learn English.

Items for climbing

5’ * Activity 2 : Pre – teach Vocab Use pictures, examples for - Help Ss know some
+ torch ( n ) : đèn pin , ngọn đuốc the task words before practising
+ waterproof coat ( n ) : áo mưa không thấm Copy reading
nước
+ diverse ( a ) : khác biệt, hay thay đổi
[dai'və:s]
10’ * Activity 3 : Make a list of things you Ask Ss to do the task first
must/mustn’t take to the Himalayas Explain the grammar
point through feedback - Practise reading the
Must Mustn’t instructions.
compass T – shirt Discuss and make a list
.... Control the class for help

5’ * Activity 4: Read the travek guide entry Give the task & examples
and write the things you must/ mustn’t do Do the task in pairs
to take to the Himalayas
Ex : You must ask before you visit the area.

15’ * Activity 6: Take the role play

88
A : I want to fo to the Himalayas. -Train Ss’ speaking
B : I think you must take a waterproof coats
because it’s cold and rainy there.
A : Yes. Anything else ? Do the task at home
B: …

5’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Write a rules for a trip to Himalayas -Help Ss know how to
- Prepare : How do you know about learn at home
Hue, Ha Long Bay ?

WEEK 13
PERIOD 38
UNIT 5 : NATURAL
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 4 : COMMUNICATION

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to do further practice “
Must/ Mustn’t ‘’ for rules through speaking practice .
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ *Activity 1 - Warmer : network Run through the task -Make class more
Boots Do the task in groups exciting and attract
compass Ss to learn English.

Items for climbing

5’ * Activity 2 : Pre – teach Vocab Use pictures, examples for - Help Ss know some
+ torch ( n ) : đèn pin , ngọn đuốc the task words before practising
+ waterproof coat ( n ) : áo mưa không thấm Copy reading
nước
+ diverse ( a ) : khác biệt, hay thay đổi
[dai'və:s]
10’ * Activity 3 : Make a list of things you Ask Ss to do the task first
must/mustn’t take to the Himalayas Explain the grammar
point through feedback - Practise reading the
Must Mustn’t instructions.
compass T – shirt Discuss and make a list
.... Control the class for help

5’ * Activity 4: Read the travek guide entry Give the task & examples
and write the things you must/ mustn’t do Do the task in pairs
to take to the Himalayas
Ex : You must ask before you visit the area.

15’ * Activity 6: Take the role play


A : I want to fo to the Himalayas. -Train Ss’ speaking
B : I think you must take a waterproof coats
because it’s cold and rainy there.
A : Yes. Anything else ? Do the task at home
B: …

89
Items for climbing

5’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Write a rules for a trip to Himalayas -Help Ss know how to
- Prepare : How do you know about learn at home
Hue, Ha Long Bay ?

WEEK 13
PERIOD 38
UNIT 5 : NATURAL
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 4 : COMMUNICATION

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to do further practice “
Must/ Mustn’t ‘’ for rules through speaking practice .
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

because it’s cold and rainy there.


A : Yes. Anything else ? Do the task at home
B: …

5’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Write a rules for a trip to Himalayas -Help Ss know how to
- Prepare : How do you know about learn at home
Hue, Ha Long Bay ?

90
WEEK 13
PERIOD 38
UNIT 5 : NATURAL
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 4 : COMMUNICATION

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to do further practice “
Must/ Mustn’t ‘’ for rules through speaking practice .
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ *Activity 1 - Warmer : network Run through the task -Make class more
Boots Do the task in groups exciting and attract
compass Ss to learn English.

Items for climbing

5’ * Activity 2 : Pre – teach Vocab Use pictures, examples for - Help Ss know some
+ torch ( n ) : đèn pin , ngọn đuốc the task words before practising
+ waterproof coat ( n ) : áo mưa không thấm Copy reading
nước
+ diverse ( a ) : khác biệt, hay thay đổi
[dai'və:s]
10’ * Activity 3 : Make a list of things you Ask Ss to do the task first
must/mustn’t take to the Himalayas Explain the grammar
point through feedback - Practise reading the
Must Mustn’t instructions.
compass T – shirt Discuss and make a list
.... Control the class for help

5’ * Activity 4: Read the travek guide entry Give the task & examples
and write the things you must/ mustn’t do Do the task in pairs
to take to the Himalayas
Ex : You must ask before you visit the area.

15’ * Activity 6: Take the role play


A : I want to fo to the Himalayas. -Train Ss’ speaking
B : I think you must take a waterproof coats
because it’s cold and rainy there.
A : Yes. Anything else ? Do the task at home
B: …

5’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Write a rules for a trip to Himalayas -Help Ss know how to
- Prepare : How do you know about learn at home
Hue, Ha Long Bay ?

WEEK 13
PERIOD 38
UNIT 5 : NATURAL
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 4 : COMMUNICATION

91
OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to do further practice “
Must/ Mustn’t ‘’ for rules through speaking practice .
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ *Activity 1 - Warmer : network Run through the task -Make class more
Boots Do the task in groups exciting and attract
compass Ss to learn English.

Items for climbing

5’ * Activity 2 : Pre – teach Vocab Use pictures, examples for - Help Ss know some
+ torch ( n ) : đèn pin , ngọn đuốc the task words before practising
+ waterproof coat ( n ) : áo mưa không thấm Copy reading
nước
+ diverse ( a ) : khác biệt, hay thay đổi
[dai'və:s]
10’ * Activity 3 : Make a list of things you Ask Ss to do the task first
must/mustn’t take to the Himalayas Explain the grammar
point through feedback - Practise reading the
Must Mustn’t instructions.
compass T – shirt Discuss and make a list
.... Control the class for help

5’ * Activity 4: Read the travek guide entry Give the task & examples
and write the things you must/ mustn’t do Do the task in pairs
to take to the Himalayas
Ex : You must ask before you visit the area.

15’ * Activity 6: Take the role play


A : I want to fo to the Himalayas. -Train Ss’ speaking
B : I think you must take a waterproof coats
because it’s cold and rainy there.
A : Yes. Anything else ? Do the task at home
B: …

5’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Write a rules for a trip to Himalayas -Help Ss know how to
- Prepare : How do you know about learn at home
Hue, Ha Long Bay ?

WEEK 13
PERIOD 38
UNIT 5 : NATURAL
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 4 : COMMUNICATION

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to do further practice “
Must/ Mustn’t ‘’ for rules through speaking practice .
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE

92
5’ *Activity 1 - Warmer : network Run through the task -Make class more
Boots Do the task in groups exciting and attract
compass Ss to learn English.

Items for climbing

5’ * Activity 2 : Pre – teach Vocab Use pictures, examples for - Help Ss know some
+ torch ( n ) : đèn pin , ngọn đuốc the task words before practising
+ waterproof coat ( n ) : áo mưa không thấm Copy reading
nước
+ diverse ( a ) : khác biệt, hay thay đổi
[dai'və:s]
10’ * Activity 3 : Make a list of things you Ask Ss to do the task first
must/mustn’t take to the Himalayas Explain the grammar
point through feedback - Practise reading the
Must Mustn’t instructions.
compass T – shirt Discuss and make a list
.... Control the class for help

5’ * Activity 4: Read the travek guide entry Give the task & examples
and write the things you must/ mustn’t do Do the task in pairs
to take to the Himalayas
Ex : You must ask before you visit the area.

15’ * Activity 6: Take the role play


A : I want to fo to the Himalayas. -Train Ss’ speaking
B : I think you must take a waterproof coats
because it’s cold and rainy there.
A : Yes. Anything else ? Do the task at home
B: …

5’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Write a rules for a trip to Himalayas -Help Ss know how to
- Prepare : How do you know about learn at home
Hue, Ha Long Bay ?

WEEK 13
PERIOD 38
UNIT 5 : NATURAL
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 4 : COMMUNICATION

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to do further practice “
Must/ Mustn’t ‘’ for rules through speaking practice .
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ *Activity 1 - Warmer : network Run through the task -Make class more
Boots Do the task in groups exciting and attract
compass Ss to learn English.

Items for climbing

93
5’ * Activity 2 : Pre – teach Vocab Use pictures, examples for - Help Ss know some
+ torch ( n ) : đèn pin , ngọn đuốc the task words before practising
+ waterproof coat ( n ) : áo mưa không thấm Copy reading
nước
+ diverse ( a ) : khác biệt, hay thay đổi
[dai'və:s]
10’ * Activity 3 : Make a list of things you Ask Ss to do the task first
must/mustn’t take to the Himalayas Explain the grammar
point through feedback - Practise reading the
Must Mustn’t instructions.
compass T – shirt Discuss and make a list
.... Control the class for help

5’ * Activity 4: Read the travek guide entry Give the task & examples
and write the things you must/ mustn’t do Do the task in pairs
to take to the Himalayas
Ex : You must ask before you visit the area.

15’ * Activity 6: Take the role play


A : I want to fo to the Himalayas. -Train Ss’ speaking
B : I think you must take a waterproof coats
because it’s cold and rainy there.
A : Yes. Anything else ? Do the task at home
B: …

5’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Write a rules for a trip to Himalayas -Help Ss know how to
- Prepare : How do you know about learn at home
Hue, Ha Long Bay ?

WEEK 13
PERIOD 38
UNIT 5 : NATURAL
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 4 : COMMUNICATION

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to do further practice “
Must/ Mustn’t ‘’ for rules through speaking practice .
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ *Activity 1 - Warmer : network Run through the task -Make class more
Boots Do the task in groups exciting and attract
compass Ss to learn English.

Items for climbing

5’ * Activity 2 : Pre – teach Vocab Use pictures, examples for - Help Ss know some
+ torch ( n ) : đèn pin , ngọn đuốc the task words before practising
+ waterproof coat ( n ) : áo mưa không thấm Copy reading
nước
+ diverse ( a ) : khác biệt, hay thay đổi
[dai'və:s]

94
10’ * Activity 3 : Make a list of things you Ask Ss to do the task first
must/mustn’t take to the Himalayas Explain the grammar
point through feedback - Practise reading the
Must Mustn’t instructions.
compass T – shirt Discuss and make a list
.... Control the class for help

5’ * Activity 4: Read the travek guide entry Give the task & examples
and write the things you must/ mustn’t do Do the task in pairs
to take to the Himalayas
Ex : You must ask before you visit the area.

15’ * Activity 6: Take the role play


A : I want to fo to the Himalayas. -Train Ss’ speaking
B : I think you must take a waterproof coats
because it’s cold and rainy there.
A : Yes. Anything else ? Do the task at home
B: …

5’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Write a rules for a trip to Himalayas -Help Ss know how to
- Prepare : How do you know about learn at home
Hue, Ha Long Bay ?

WEEK 13
PERIOD 38
UNIT 5 : NATURAL
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 4 : COMMUNICATION

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to do further practice “
Must/ Mustn’t ‘’ for rules through speaking practice .
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ *Activity 1 - Warmer : network Run through the task -Make class more
Boots Do the task in groups exciting and attract
compass Ss to learn English.

Items for climbing

5’ * Activity 2 : Pre – teach Vocab Use pictures, examples for - Help Ss know some
+ torch ( n ) : đèn pin , ngọn đuốc the task words before practising
+ waterproof coat ( n ) : áo mưa không thấm Copy reading
nước
+ diverse ( a ) : khác biệt, hay thay đổi
[dai'və:s]
10’ * Activity 3 : Make a list of things you Ask Ss to do the task first
must/mustn’t take to the Himalayas Explain the grammar
point through feedback - Practise reading the
Must Mustn’t instructions.
compass T – shirt Discuss and make a list
.... Control the class for help
95
5’ * Activity 4: Read the travek guide entry Give the task & examples
and write the things you must/ mustn’t do Do the task in pairs
to take to the Himalayas
Ex : You must ask before you visit the area.

15’ * Activity 6: Take the role play


A : I want to fo to the Himalayas. -Train Ss’ speaking
B : I think you must take a waterproof coats
because it’s cold and rainy there.
A : Yes. Anything else ? Do the task at home
B: …

5’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Write a rules for a trip to Himalayas -Help Ss know how to
- Prepare : How do you know about learn at home
Hue, Ha Long Bay ?

WEEK 13
PERIOD 38
UNIT 5 : NATURAL
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 4 : COMMUNICATION

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to do further practice “
Must/ Mustn’t ‘’ for rules through speaking practice .
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ *Activity 1 - Warmer : network Run through the task -Make class more
Boots Do the task in groups exciting and attract
compass Ss to learn English.

Items for climbing

5’ * Activity 2 : Pre – teach Vocab Use pictures, examples for - Help Ss know some
+ torch ( n ) : đèn pin , ngọn đuốc the task words before practising
+ waterproof coat ( n ) : áo mưa không thấm Copy reading
nước
+ diverse ( a ) : khác biệt, hay thay đổi
[dai'və:s]
10’ * Activity 3 : Make a list of things you Ask Ss to do the task first
must/mustn’t take to the Himalayas Explain the grammar
point through feedback - Practise reading the
Must Mustn’t instructions.
compass T – shirt Discuss and make a list
.... Control the class for help

5’ * Activity 4: Read the travek guide entry Give the task & examples
and write the things you must/ mustn’t do Do the task in pairs
to take to the Himalayas
Ex : You must ask before you visit the area.

96
15’ * Activity 6: Take the role play
A : I want to fo to the Himalayas. -Train Ss’ speaking
B : I think you must take a waterproof coats
because it’s cold and rainy there.
A : Yes. Anything else ? Do the task at home
B: …

5’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Write a rules for a trip to Himalayas -Help Ss know how to
- Prepare : How do you know about learn at home
Hue, Ha Long Bay ?

WEEK 13
PERIOD 38
UNIT 5 : NATURAL
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 4 : COMMUNICATION

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to do further practice “
Must/ Mustn’t ‘’ for rules through speaking practice .
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ *Activity 1 - Warmer : network Run through the task -Make class more
Boots Do the task in groups exciting and attract
compass Ss to learn English.

Items for climbing

5’ * Activity 2 : Pre – teach Vocab Use pictures, examples for - Help Ss know some
+ torch ( n ) : đèn pin , ngọn đuốc the task words before practising
+ waterproof coat ( n ) : áo mưa không thấm Copy reading
nước
+ diverse ( a ) : khác biệt, hay thay đổi
[dai'və:s]
10’ * Activity 3 : Make a list of things you Ask Ss to do the task first
must/mustn’t take to the Himalayas Explain the grammar
point through feedback - Practise reading the
Must Mustn’t instructions.
compass T – shirt Discuss and make a list
.... Control the class for help

5’ * Activity 4: Read the travek guide entry Give the task & examples
and write the things you must/ mustn’t do Do the task in pairs
to take to the Himalayas
Ex : You must ask before you visit the area.

15’ * Activity 6: Take the role play


A : I want to fo to the Himalayas. -Train Ss’ speaking
B : I think you must take a waterproof coats
because it’s cold and rainy there.
A : Yes. Anything else ? Do the task at home
B: …

97
Items for climbing

5’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Write a rules for a trip to Himalayas -Help Ss know how to
- Prepare : How do you know about learn at home
Hue, Ha Long Bay ?

WEEK 13
PERIOD 38
UNIT 5 : NATURAL
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 4 : COMMUNICATION

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to do further practice “
Must/ Mustn’t ‘’ for rules through speaking practice .
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

because it’s cold and rainy there.


A : Yes. Anything else ? Do the task at home
B: …

5’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Write a rules for a trip to Himalayas -Help Ss know how to
- Prepare : How do you know about learn at home
Hue, Ha Long Bay ?

98
WEEK 13
PERIOD 38
UNIT 5 : NATURAL
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 4 : COMMUNICATION

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to do further practice “
Must/ Mustn’t ‘’ for rules through speaking practice .
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ *Activity 1 - Warmer : network Run through the task -Make class more
Boots Do the task in groups exciting and attract
compass Ss to learn English.

Items for climbing

5’ * Activity 2 : Pre – teach Vocab Use pictures, examples for - Help Ss know some
+ torch ( n ) : đèn pin , ngọn đuốc the task words before practising
+ waterproof coat ( n ) : áo mưa không thấm Copy reading
nước
+ diverse ( a ) : khác biệt, hay thay đổi
[dai'və:s]
10’ * Activity 3 : Make a list of things you Ask Ss to do the task first
must/mustn’t take to the Himalayas Explain the grammar
point through feedback - Practise reading the
Must Mustn’t instructions.
compass T – shirt Discuss and make a list
.... Control the class for help

5’ * Activity 4: Read the travek guide entry Give the task & examples
and write the things you must/ mustn’t do Do the task in pairs
to take to the Himalayas
Ex : You must ask before you visit the area.

15’ * Activity 6: Take the role play


A : I want to fo to the Himalayas. -Train Ss’ speaking
B : I think you must take a waterproof coats
because it’s cold and rainy there.
A : Yes. Anything else ? Do the task at home
B: …

5’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Write a rules for a trip to Himalayas -Help Ss know how to
- Prepare : How do you know about learn at home
Hue, Ha Long Bay ?

WEEK 13
PERIOD 38
UNIT 5 : NATURAL
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 4 : COMMUNICATION
99
OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to do further practice “
Must/ Mustn’t ‘’ for rules through speaking practice .
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ *Activity 1 - Warmer : network Run through the task -Make class more
Boots Do the task in groups exciting and attract
compass Ss to learn English.

Items for climbing

5’ * Activity 2 : Pre – teach Vocab Use pictures, examples for - Help Ss know some
+ torch ( n ) : đèn pin , ngọn đuốc the task words before practising
+ waterproof coat ( n ) : áo mưa không thấm Copy reading
nước
+ diverse ( a ) : khác biệt, hay thay đổi
[dai'və:s]
10’ * Activity 3 : Make a list of things you Ask Ss to do the task first
must/mustn’t take to the Himalayas Explain the grammar
point through feedback - Practise reading the
Must Mustn’t instructions.
compass T – shirt Discuss and make a list
.... Control the class for help

5’ * Activity 4: Read the travek guide entry Give the task & examples
and write the things you must/ mustn’t do Do the task in pairs
to take to the Himalayas
Ex : You must ask before you visit the area.

15’ * Activity 6: Take the role play


A : I want to fo to the Himalayas. -Train Ss’ speaking
B : I think you must take a waterproof coats
because it’s cold and rainy there.
A : Yes. Anything else ? Do the task at home
B: …

5’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Write a rules for a trip to Himalayas -Help Ss know how to
- Prepare : How do you know about learn at home
Hue, Ha Long Bay ?

WEEK 13
PERIOD 38
UNIT 5 : NATURAL
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 4 : COMMUNICATION

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to do further practice “
Must/ Mustn’t ‘’ for rules through speaking practice .
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

100
TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE
5’ *Activity 1 - Warmer : network Run through the task -Make class more
Boots Do the task in groups exciting and attract
compass Ss to learn English.

Items for climbing

5’ * Activity 2 : Pre – teach Vocab Use pictures, examples for - Help Ss know some
+ torch ( n ) : đèn pin , ngọn đuốc the task words before practising
+ waterproof coat ( n ) : áo mưa không thấm Copy reading
nước
+ diverse ( a ) : khác biệt, hay thay đổi
[dai'və:s]
10’ * Activity 3 : Make a list of things you Ask Ss to do the task first
must/mustn’t take to the Himalayas Explain the grammar
point through feedback - Practise reading the
Must Mustn’t instructions.
compass T – shirt Discuss and make a list
.... Control the class for help

5’ * Activity 4: Read the travek guide entry Give the task & examples
and write the things you must/ mustn’t do Do the task in pairs
to take to the Himalayas
Ex : You must ask before you visit the area.

15’ * Activity 6: Take the role play


A : I want to fo to the Himalayas. -Train Ss’ speaking
B : I think you must take a waterproof coats
because it’s cold and rainy there.
A : Yes. Anything else ? Do the task at home
B: …

5’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Write a rules for a trip to Himalayas -Help Ss know how to
- Prepare : How do you know about learn at home
Hue, Ha Long Bay ?

WEEK 13
PERIOD 38
UNIT 5 : NATURAL
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 4 : COMMUNICATION

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to do further practice “
Must/ Mustn’t ‘’ for rules through speaking practice .
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ *Activity 1 - Warmer : network Run through the task -Make class more
Boots Do the task in groups exciting and attract
compass Ss to learn English.

Items for climbing

101
5’ * Activity 2 : Pre – teach Vocab Use pictures, examples for - Help Ss know some
+ torch ( n ) : đèn pin , ngọn đuốc the task words before practising
+ waterproof coat ( n ) : áo mưa không thấm Copy reading
nước
+ diverse ( a ) : khác biệt, hay thay đổi
[dai'və:s]
10’ * Activity 3 : Make a list of things you Ask Ss to do the task first
must/mustn’t take to the Himalayas Explain the grammar
point through feedback - Practise reading the
Must Mustn’t instructions.
compass T – shirt Discuss and make a list
.... Control the class for help

5’ * Activity 4: Read the travek guide entry Give the task & examples
and write the things you must/ mustn’t do Do the task in pairs
to take to the Himalayas
Ex : You must ask before you visit the area.

15’ * Activity 6: Take the role play


A : I want to fo to the Himalayas. -Train Ss’ speaking
B : I think you must take a waterproof coats
because it’s cold and rainy there.
A : Yes. Anything else ? Do the task at home
B: …

5’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Write a rules for a trip to Himalayas -Help Ss know how to
- Prepare : How do you know about learn at home
Hue, Ha Long Bay ?

WEEK 13
PERIOD 38
UNIT 5 : NATURAL
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 4 : COMMUNICATION

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to do further practice “
Must/ Mustn’t ‘’ for rules through speaking practice .
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ *Activity 1 - Warmer : network Run through the task -Make class more
Boots Do the task in groups exciting and attract
compass Ss to learn English.

Items for climbing

5’ * Activity 2 : Pre – teach Vocab Use pictures, examples for - Help Ss know some
+ torch ( n ) : đèn pin , ngọn đuốc the task words before practising
+ waterproof coat ( n ) : áo mưa không thấm Copy reading
nước
+ diverse ( a ) : khác biệt, hay thay đổi

102
[dai'və:s]
10’ * Activity 3 : Make a list of things you Ask Ss to do the task first
must/mustn’t take to the Himalayas Explain the grammar
point through feedback - Practise reading the
Must Mustn’t instructions.
compass T – shirt Discuss and make a list
.... Control the class for help

5’ * Activity 4: Read the travek guide entry Give the task & examples
and write the things you must/ mustn’t do Do the task in pairs
to take to the Himalayas
Ex : You must ask before you visit the area.

15’ * Activity 6: Take the role play


A : I want to fo to the Himalayas. -Train Ss’ speaking
B : I think you must take a waterproof coats
because it’s cold and rainy there.
A : Yes. Anything else ? Do the task at home
B: …

5’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Write a rules for a trip to Himalayas -Help Ss know how to
- Prepare : How do you know about learn at home
Hue, Ha Long Bay ?

WEEK 13
PERIOD 38
UNIT 5 : NATURAL
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 4 : COMMUNICATION

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to do further practice “
Must/ Mustn’t ‘’ for rules through speaking practice .
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ *Activity 1 - Warmer : network Run through the task -Make class more
Boots Do the task in groups exciting and attract
compass Ss to learn English.

Items for climbing

5’ * Activity 2 : Pre – teach Vocab Use pictures, examples for - Help Ss know some
+ torch ( n ) : đèn pin , ngọn đuốc the task words before practising
+ waterproof coat ( n ) : áo mưa không thấm Copy reading
nước
+ diverse ( a ) : khác biệt, hay thay đổi
[dai'və:s]
10’ * Activity 3 : Make a list of things you Ask Ss to do the task first
must/mustn’t take to the Himalayas Explain the grammar
point through feedback - Practise reading the
Must Mustn’t instructions.
compass T – shirt Discuss and make a list

103
.... Control the class for help

5’ * Activity 4: Read the travek guide entry Give the task & examples
and write the things you must/ mustn’t do Do the task in pairs
to take to the Himalayas
Ex : You must ask before you visit the area.

15’ * Activity 6: Take the role play


A : I want to fo to the Himalayas. -Train Ss’ speaking
B : I think you must take a waterproof coats
because it’s cold and rainy there.
A : Yes. Anything else ? Do the task at home
B: …

5’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Write a rules for a trip to Himalayas -Help Ss know how to
- Prepare : How do you know about learn at home
Hue, Ha Long Bay ?

WEEK 13
PERIOD 38
UNIT 5 : NATURAL
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 4 : COMMUNICATION

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to do further practice “
Must/ Mustn’t ‘’ for rules through speaking practice .
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ *Activity 1 - Warmer : network Run through the task -Make class more
Boots Do the task in groups exciting and attract
compass Ss to learn English.

Items for climbing

5’ * Activity 2 : Pre – teach Vocab Use pictures, examples for - Help Ss know some
+ torch ( n ) : đèn pin , ngọn đuốc the task words before practising
+ waterproof coat ( n ) : áo mưa không thấm Copy reading
nước
+ diverse ( a ) : khác biệt, hay thay đổi
[dai'və:s]
10’ * Activity 3 : Make a list of things you Ask Ss to do the task first
must/mustn’t take to the Himalayas Explain the grammar
point through feedback - Practise reading the
Must Mustn’t instructions.
compass T – shirt Discuss and make a list
.... Control the class for help

5’ * Activity 4: Read the travek guide entry Give the task & examples
and write the things you must/ mustn’t do Do the task in pairs
to take to the Himalayas
Ex : You must ask before you visit the area.

104
15’ * Activity 6: Take the role play
A : I want to fo to the Himalayas. -Train Ss’ speaking
B : I think you must take a waterproof coats
because it’s cold and rainy there.
A : Yes. Anything else ? Do the task at home
B: …

5’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Write a rules for a trip to Himalayas -Help Ss know how to
- Prepare : How do you know about learn at home
Hue, Ha Long Bay ?

WEEK 13
PERIOD 38
UNIT 5 : NATURAL
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 4 : COMMUNICATION

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to do further practice “
Must/ Mustn’t ‘’ for rules through speaking practice .
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ *Activity 1 - Warmer : network Run through the task -Make class more
Boots Do the task in groups exciting and attract
compass Ss to learn English.

Items for climbing

5’ * Activity 2 : Pre – teach Vocab Use pictures, examples for - Help Ss know some
+ torch ( n ) : đèn pin , ngọn đuốc the task words before practising
+ waterproof coat ( n ) : áo mưa không thấm Copy reading
nước
+ diverse ( a ) : khác biệt, hay thay đổi
[dai'və:s]
10’ * Activity 3 : Make a list of things you Ask Ss to do the task first
must/mustn’t take to the Himalayas Explain the grammar
point through feedback - Practise reading the
Must Mustn’t instructions.
compass T – shirt Discuss and make a list
.... Control the class for help

5’ * Activity 4: Read the travek guide entry Give the task & examples
and write the things you must/ mustn’t do Do the task in pairs
to take to the Himalayas
Ex : You must ask before you visit the area.

15’ * Activity 6: Take the role play


A : I want to fo to the Himalayas. -Train Ss’ speaking
B : I think you must take a waterproof coats
because it’s cold and rainy there.
A : Yes. Anything else ? Do the task at home

105
Items for climbing

B: …

5’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Write a rules for a trip to Himalayas -Help Ss know how to
- Prepare : How do you know about learn at home
Hue, Ha Long Bay ?

WEEK 13
PERIOD 38
UNIT 5 : NATURAL
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 4 : COMMUNICATION

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to do further practice “
Must/ Mustn’t ‘’ for rules through speaking practice .
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

because it’s cold and rainy there.


A : Yes. Anything else ? Do the task at home
B: …

5’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Write a rules for a trip to Himalayas -Help Ss know how to
- Prepare : How do you know about learn at home
Hue, Ha Long Bay ?

106
WEEK 13
PERIOD 38
UNIT 5 : NATURAL
DATE: WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 4 : COMMUNICATION

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to do further practice “
Must/ Mustn’t ‘’ for rules through speaking practice .
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

TIME CONTENTS T’s & Ss’ ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ *Activity 1 - Warmer : network Run through the task -Make class more
Boots Do the task in groups exciting and attract
compass Ss to learn English.

Items for climbing

5’ * Activity 2 : Pre – teach Vocab Use pictures, examples for - Help Ss know some
+ torch ( n ) : đèn pin , ngọn đuốc the task words before practising
+ waterproof coat ( n ) : áo mưa không thấm Copy reading
nước
+ diverse ( a ) : khác biệt, hay thay đổi
[dai'və:s]
10’ * Activity 3 : Make a list of things you Ask Ss to do the task first
must/mustn’t take to the Himalayas Explain the grammar
point through feedback - Practise reading the
Must Mustn’t instructions.
compass T – shirt Discuss and make a list
.... Control the class for help

5’ * Activity 4: Read the travek guide entry Give the task & examples
and write the things you must/ mustn’t do Do the task in pairs
to take to the Himalayas
Ex : You must ask before you visit the area.

15’ * Activity 6: Take the role play


A : I want to fo to the Himalayas. -Train Ss’ speaking
B : I think you must take a waterproof coats
because it’s cold and rainy there.
A : Yes. Anything else ? Do the task at home
B: …

5’ V/ HOMEWORK :
Items
- Write for for
a rules climbing
a trip to Himalayas -Help Ss know how to
- Prepare : How do you know about learn at home
Hue, Ha Long Bay ?

WEEK 13
PERIOD 38
UNIT 5 : NATURAL
WONDERS OF THE WORLD
LESSON 107
4 : COMMUNICATION
DATE:

OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, Students will be able to do further practice “
Must/ Mustn’t ‘’ for rules through speaking practice .
MATERIALS : Textbook. Pictures

because it’s cold and rainy there.


A : Yes. Anything else ? Do the task at home
B: …

5’ V/ HOMEWORK :
- Write a rules for a trip to Himalayas -Help Ss know how to
- Prepare : How do you know about learn at home
Hue, Ha Long Bay ?

108
HỌC KỲ II (18 tuần)

Tuần Tiết Tên bài/UNIT Nội dung chi tiết


PPCT
58 UNIT 7 Unit 7: Getting started
Tuần
59 UNIT 7 Unit 7: A closer look 1
20
60 UNIT 7 Unit 7: A closer look 2
61 UNIT 7 Unit 7: Communication
Tuần
62 UNIT 7 Unit 7: Skills 1
21
63 UNIT 7 Unit 7: Skills 2
64 UNIT 7 Unit 7: Looking back & project
Tuần
65 UNIT 8 Unit 8: Getting started
22
66 UNIT 8 Unit 8: A closer look 1
67 UNIT 8 Unit 8: A closer look 2
Tuần
68 UNIT 8 Unit 8: Communication
23
69 UNIT 8 Unit 8: Skills 1
70 UNIT 8 Unit 8: Skills 2
Tuần
71 UNIT 8 Unit 8: Looking back & project
24
72 Revision Revision: Unit 7 & Unit 8
73 UNIT 9 Unit 9: Getting started
Tuần
74 UNIT 9 Unit 9: A closer look 1
25
75 UNIT 9 Unit 9: A closer look 2
76 UNIT 9 Unit 9: Communication
Tuần
77 UNIT 9 Unit 9: Skills 1
26
78 UNIT 9 Unit 9: Skills 2
79 UNIT 9 Unit 9: Looking back & project
Tuần
80 Review 3
27
81 The third 45-minute test
82 Correct the third 45-minute test
Tuần
83 UNIT 10 Unit 10: Getting started
28
84 UNIT 10 Unit 10: A closer look 1
85 UNIT 10 Unit 10: A closer look 2
Tuần
86 UNIT 10 Unit 10: Communication
29
87 UNIT 10 Unit 10: Skills 1
88 UNIT 10 Unit 10: Skills 2
Tuần
89 UNIT 10 Unit 10: Looking back & project
30
90 UNIT 11 Unit 11: Getting started
91 UNIT 11 Unit 11: A closer look 1
Tuần
92 UNIT 11 Unit 11: A closer look 2
31
93 UNIT 11 Unit 11: Communication
94 UNIT 11 Unit 11: Skills 1
Tuần
95 UNIT 11 Unit 11: Skills 2
32
96 UNIT 11 Unit 11: Looking back & project
97 Revision Revision : Unit 10 & Unit 11
Tuần
98 Revision The fourth 45-minute test
33
99 Revision Correct the fourth 45-minute test
100 UNIT 12 Unit 12: Getting started
109
Tuần 101 UNIT 12 Unit 12: A closer look 1
34 102 UNIT 12 Unit 12: A closer look 2
103 UNIT 12 Unit 12: Communication
Tuần
104 UNIT 12 Unit 12: Skills 1
35
105 UNIT 12 Unit 12: Skills 2
106 UNIT 12 Unit 12: Looking back & project
Tuần
107 Revision Review 4
36
108 Revision Revision for the 2nd term examination
109 Revision Revision for the 2nd term examination
Tuần
110 Examination The 2nd term examination
37
111 Examination Correcting the 2nd term examination

WEEK 20
PERIOD 58 UNIT 7: TELEVISION
DATE: GETTING STARTED

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students can use the lexical items related to
television as well as to describe a TV programme.

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ I/ WARMER : Run through the topic -Make class
T Talk about the topic more
Movies V Music exciting and
attract
10’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES :
- Pre – teach Vocab : Use pictures,examples … Ss to learn
+ programme ( n ) : ['prougræm] : Chương for the task English.
trình Copy
+ channel ( n) : ['t∫ænl] : Kênh truyền hình - Help Ss know
+ cartoon ( n ) : [kɑ:'tu:n] : Phim hoạt hình some words
+ educational ( a ) : [,edju:'kei∫ənl] : có tính before
cách giáo dục practising
+ entertaining ( a ) : [,entə'teiniη] : có tính giải Use eliciting questions & reading
trí
drawings
- Present the situation :
Who’s this ? ( Phong )
20’ And here ? ( Nam ) Play the recording - Practise
What are they talking about ? ( TV ) Listen to the recording reading the
III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES : Do the task in pairs instructions.
- Listen & read Give feedback
- Answer the questions
Ex : What is Hung’s favourite TV
programme ? Ask Ss to read the -Train Ss’
Laughing out Loud dialogue & do the task speaking
@ AK : 2/ VTV3 3/ No, they aren’t Give feedback
4/ Because he is awful. Run through the pictures
5/ Tom is stupid, but funny. for the task
- Adjectives to describle characters : Do the task individually
Mr. Bean : funny, awful
Tom : stupid, funny Do the task in pairs
Jerry : intelligent
- Put the correct word under each picture
: Give feedback
Ex : 1 – national television

110
@ AK : 2- news programme, 3- local
television , 4- comedy, 5- game show, 6-
animal programme Practice speaking in -Train Ss’
- Complete the sentences with the pairs/groups speaking
correct words :
Ex : 1 – national
@ AK : 2- comedy , 3 – channels , 4 –
7’ competition , Control the class for help -Train Ss’
5 – cartoons, 6- educational speaking
IV/ POST – ACTIVITIES :
What’s your favourite TV programme ?
Why ?
Ex : My favourite TV programme is cartoon
3’ because it’s funny. Do the task at home -Help Ss know
how to learn at
V/ HOMEWORK : home
- Write down things you like & dislikes
about TV .
- Learn Vocab at home.
- Prepare : Some words related TV.

WEEK 20
PERIOD 59 UNIT 7: TELEVISION
DATE: A CLOSER LOOK 1

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students can use the lexical items related to
television as well as to pronounce the / ð / & / θ] correctly in isolation and in context.

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ I/ WARMER : Write the words/phrases in the Run through the words & -Make class
box under the pictures : pictures more
Ex : 1 – MC Do the task in groups exciting and
10’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES : attract
- Correct the warmer task : Use the feedback of the Ss to learn
@ AK : 1 – newsreader , 2 – TV shedule warmer as a task English.
3 – MC ( Master of ceremony ) , 4 – viewer Explain the words /
5 – remote control , 6 – weatherman phrases
20’ III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES :
- Choose a word from the box for each - Help Ss know
description below : Run through the pictures some words
Ex : 1 – weatherman & the words before
@ AK : 2 – newsreader 3 – remote control Do the task in groups practising
4 – MC , 5 – volume button , 6 – TV viewer Correct the answers reading

- Play the game : “ What is it ? ‘’ Give the task & an - Practise


Ex : A person who gives a weather forecast - example reading the
a weatherman Do the task in pairs instructions.
- Listen & repeat the words :
- Put them into the correc column :
/ ð / : there , them, neither, weatherman, than, Play the recording
feather Listen & repeat
/ θ / : theatre, Thanksgiving, earth, anything, Do the task individually

111
both, through Give feedback

7’ IV/ POST – ACTIVITIES : Play the recording . -Train Ss’


- Take turns reading the sentence quickly Listen to the recording. speaking
and correctly : Saying the sentence
Control for help
The thirty – three thieves are thinking of
how to get through the security

3’ V/ HOMEWORK : Do the task at home -Help Ss know


- Pay much attention to the how to learn at
pronunciation / ð / & / θ] home
- Prepare : Question words

WEEK 20
PERIOD 60 UNIT 7: TELEVISION
DATE: A CLOSER LOOK 2

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to use question words for a
specific piece of inforamation as well as conjuntions ( because , but … ) to connect words and
ideas.

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ 1/ Activity 1 - WARMER : Read the Run through the task -Make class more
converstion and underline the question Do the task in groups exciting and attract
words : Give feedback Ss to learn English.
Ex : What
@ AK : Where, How long
10’ 2/ Activity 2 – How to use question Run through the question - Help Ss know some
words words words before
- Explain the table ( p. 9 ) Ask Ss how to use them practising reading
Ex : When – the time Explain the grammar point
When do we have maths ? & give examples
We have maths on Monday.
- Use the question words to
complete the conversations :
Ex : 1 – How often Ask Ss to complete the - Practise reading the
@ AK : 1 – How often , What sentences first instructions.
2 – Who Use feedback as a task to
3 – When, Where explain the grammar point
15’ 3/ Activity 3 – How to use conjuntions Listen to the teacher
– so, but, because, and, although
- Complete the sentences :
Ex : 1 – and
@ AK : 2 – but , 3 – Although , 4 –
because , 5 – so
+ and : và – nối hai từ, câu có nghĩa Run through the task -Train Ss’ speaking
tương tự nhau
+ but : nhưng - nối hai từ, câu có nghĩa
trái ngược nhau
+ because – bởi vì – nói về lí do

112
+ Although – cho dù – có nghĩa tương
phản nhau
+ so – vì vậy – chỉ nguyên nhân
- Match the beginning & the ending : Do the task individually
Ex : 1 – c
@ AK : 2 – a, 3 – e , 4 – b, 5 – d Correct the answers -Train Ss’ reading
10’ 4/ Activity 4 – Find out the
information by using Wh – questions :
Ex : What is the name of the national TV
channel ?
+ What time does it broadcast ? Give the task & an
+ What is the name of the programme example
for children ? Do the task in pairs
+ How much do people spend for cable Control for help
TV a month ?
+ What is your favourite TV person ?
5’ 5/ HOMEWORK : Do the task at home -Help Ss know how
- Do exercise 3 / p. 16 to learn at home
- Prepare : Some famous TV
programmes
WEEK 21
PERIOD 61 UNIT 7: TELEVISION
DATE: COMMUNICATION

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know some
strange/famous facts relating to television around the world as well as express their feelings
about television.

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


10’ I/WARMER : Complete the facts below : Run through the words -Make class more
( part 1/ p.11 ) and sentences exciting and
Ex : 1- Pokemon cartoons are made in Japan. Do the task in groups attract
@ AK : 2. Weekend Mekong comedies are Give feedback Ss to learn
famous shows in Vietnam. English.
3. In Iceland, there is no TV on Thursday s.
4. The Discovery channel makes education fun
for kids in the USA.
5. They don’t show Donald Duck in Finland - Help Ss know
because he doesn’t wear trousers. some words
6. Sherlok is a mini – series about detective before practising
Sherlock Homes in Britain. reading
10’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES :
- Read the facts & tick the correct Read through the - Practise reading
programmes : readings and do the the instructions.
Facts Let’s Hello task.
Learn Fatty !
1. This programme ٧ ٧
educates children Asks Ss to guess the
2. This programme ٧ meanings of the words
appears in 80 countries. through context.
3. It’s a TV cartoon ٧
series.
4. Both parents and ٧
teenagers enjoy this
113
programme.
5. It’s a story of ٧
adventure.
6. This programme ٧ Give feedback
invites guests to appear.
15’ III/ WHILE – ACTIVITY :
- Discuss : -Train Ss’
Which programme you prefer and why ? Run through the speaking
I prefer Hello Fatty because I can see question for discussion.
many interesting cartoons. Work in groups
7’ IV/ POST – ACTIVITY :
- Do you agree with the following
statements ?
1/ TV is just for fun, not for study. Talk freely ! Train Ss’ speaking
2/ There are not enough programmes for
children on TV. Control for help
3/ Staying at home to watch TV is better than
going out.
3’ V/ HOMEWORK : -Help Ss know
- Do exercise 3 / p. 16 Do the task at home how to learn at
- Prepare : Some famous TV home
programmes

WEEK 21
PERIOD 62 UNIT 7: TELEVISION
DATE: SKILLS 1

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know how to read TV
schedule as well as talk about their favourite TV programme.
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ I/WARMER : Run through the words -Make class more
Do the task in groups exciting and
attract
World colourful Ss to learn
Sports fish games English.
Programme ocean

- Help Ss know
10’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES : Use pictures, examples some words
- Pre – teach Vocab : … for the task before practising
+ documentary ( n ) [,dɔkju'mentəri] : phim tài Copy reading
liệu
+ compete ( V ) : [kəm'pi:t] : tranh tài
+ jungle ( n ) : ['dʒʌηgl] : rừng rậm, rừng nhiệt
đới
+ Universe ( n ) ['ju:nivə:s] : vũ trụ Do the task in groups
- Guess and fill in the blanks with the
time & programmes : ( 1/ p.12 ) - Practise reading
20’ the instructions.
Ex : 8. 00 – Anilmal
III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES : Read & check the
- Read the schedule and correct the pre answers

114
– task
- Answer the questions
Ex : 1 / Wheelbarrow Races Run through the
@ AK : question for the task
2/ The Parrot Instructor Do the task individually
3/ Yes, we can Give feedback
4/ A documentary about the colourful living
world in the Pacific.
5/ No, it isn’t Read & do the task in -Train Ss’
- Choose the best programme for each pairs speaking
person : Pay much attention to
Ex : 1/ Phong – Science, Journey to Jupiter the reason why for each
@ AK : question
2/ Bob - Comedy : The Parrot Instructor
3 / Nga – Game show : Children are Always
Right
4/ Minh – Sports : Wheelbarrow Races
7’ 5/ Linh : Animals : Ocean Life
Discuss in groups
IV/ POST – ACTIVITY : Talk together !
- Talk about your favourite TV
programme.
+ The name
3’ + The chanel it is on …..
Do the task at home -Help Ss know
V/ HOMEWORK : how to learn at
- Write your favourite TV programme home
- Prepare : TV habits

WEEK 21
PERIOD 63 UNIT 7: TELEVISION
DATE: SKILLS 2

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to practice listening to
wanted information through the relating topic – TV.
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures , cassette

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


I/WARMER : Run through the task -Make class more
5’ exciting and
Music Do the task in groups attract
Film Ss to learn
English.
TV
programmes

10’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES : Guess the answers - Help Ss know


- Listen & tick the correct channel for each Play the recording some words
programme Listen & check the before practising
Programme Chanel Chanel Chanel prediction reading
1 2 3
Music ν
Cartoon ν

115
Film ν
Home & ν
Garden
Our ν
Heritage
20’
III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES : Play the recording again - Practise reading
- Listen & tick the correct channel for
each programme. Listen & do the tasks
- Prepare : Exercise 1 ( Looking back )
@ Tapescript : Give feedback
… And here are some interesting TV
programmes for you. The music Green, Read the questionnaire
Green Summer on Channel 1 starts at 8 & choose the most
o’clock. At the same time on Channel 2 is the appropriate answers.
Red Spotted Squirrel. Home and Garden Practice speaking in
follows at 8.25. Today you’ll learn how to pairs
make a house for your dog. Channel 3 offers
you a touching film of friendships, The
Lonely Giraffe. The film starts at 8.30. After
that, you can discover the famous old town of
Inca in Peru. However, it comes on quite late,
at 10. We hope that you can choose a
programme for yourself. Enjoy and have a
great time.
- Listen & write T/F :
7’ Ex : The fist programme starts at 7.30 – F Write the answers
@AK : 2- T, 3 – F, 4 – T , 5 – F
Practice speaking in -Train Ss’
3’ IV/ POST – ACTIVITY : pairs speaking
- Talk about your TV habits :
Ex : I usually watch TV 3 hours a days -Help Ss know
V/ HOMEWORK : Do the task at home how to learn at
- Write your TV habits by using the home
information from the questionnaire.

WEEK 22
PERIOD 64 UNIT 7: TELEVISION
DATE: LOOKING BACK & PROJECT

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to review of vocabulary &
grammar learnt ( Question words, conjuntions … ) through language activities.
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures .

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s RATIONALE


ACTIVITIES
5’ 1/WARMER : Put the words into the correct Run through the task -Make class more
columns : News reader . MC … Do the task in groups exciting and
attract

Give feedback Ss learn English.

116
People Programme Kinds of film
Newsreader Cartoon Documentary
5’
Weathergirl Game show Romance Run through the task -Practising
Writer Animals Do the task
MC Home & individually / pairs
garden Give feedback
2/ ACTIVITY 2 - Use the words in the box to
5’ fill the text below.
Ex :1 – national Run through the task -Speaking
@ AK : 2- viewers , 3 – 7 o’clock news, 4 – Do the task
commedies, 5 – relax, 6 – game shows , 7 – individually / pairs
educational, 8- writers Give feedback
3/ ACTIVITY 3 : Use question words to make - Practise
10’ a suitable question for each answer below . writingskill
Ex : 1 – How many
@ AK : 2- What , 3 - Why , 4 – Who , 5 –
When
4/ ACTIVITY 4 : Use the conjuntions to
connect the sentences.
Ex : Ocean Life is on at 7.30 and Laughing out
10’ Loud will follow, at 8.00. Run through the - Practise
@ AK : 2. I have … because I like … sentences writingskill
3. BBC One … but VTV6 .. Do the task
4. Although Along The Coast …, I have … Give feedback
8’ 5/ I have …., so I can’t … -Train Ss’
5/ ACTIVITY 5 : Rearrange the sentences to Practice the speaking
make a complete conversation. conversation
Ex : A – C
@ AK : A C B D F H G E I K
6/ ACTIVITY 6 : Recommend an interesting Use mapped dialogue/
TV programme : R.O.R dialouge for
- Did you watch Chiec Non Ki Dieu on the task
TV last night, Dave ? Practice in pairs
- No. What is it ? -Help Ss know
2’ - It’s a game show. You answer the how to learn at
questions an get a big prize. home
- Which channel is it on ?
- At 8 pm Friday on VTV3.
- Thanks. I’ll watch it.
V/ HOMEWORK : Project
.

WEEK 22
PERIOD 65 UNIT 8 : SPORTS AND GAMES
DATE: GETTING STARTED

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to talk about some
activities and sports as well as some lexical items related to the topic.
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures , cassette

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s RATIONALE


ACTIVITIES
5’ I/WARMER : Finish these words Use Missing words/ - Make class

117
1/ S O C C E R 2/ V O L L E B A LL Matching … for the more exciting
2/ T E N N I S 4/ S W I M M I N G task and attract Ss to
10’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES : Do the task in groups learn English.
- Pre – teach Vocab : Give feedback
+ gym ( n ) : trung tâm thi đấu, nhà thi đấu
+ fit ( a ) : mạnh mẽ Use pictures.
- Help Ss know
+ (to ) be good at # (to ) be bad at : giỏi # tệ về examples for the task
cái gì Copy some new words
Do you like sports, Nam ?
Which sports do you play after school ? Use some eliciting
Can you guess what Duong and Mai are talking questions to introduce
about ? the topic
20’ III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES :
- Listen, read and answer the questions : Play the recording -Help Ss know
Ex : What sports can Duong do ? Listen to the how to
He can play table tennis and do karate. recording comprehension
@ AK : 2/ Mai is going to learn karate.
3/ Because the equipment is modern and the Do the task Practice reading
people are friendly. Give feedback
4/ Duong played with Duy and won the first
time.
5/ At the karate club.
- Check the meanings of the expressions :
+ Wow : express surprise Do the task
+ Congratulations : congratulate Give feedback
+ Great : show admiration
+ See you : say goodbye
Ex : Congratulations ! You won the match.
- Listen & repeat the words/ phrases : 1 –
boxing .. Ask Ss to find them Practice reading
- Name sports and games : in the dialogue
1 – cycling 2 – table tennis 3 – running
4. swimming 5- chess 6- skiing
- Tell the difference between a sport and a
game :
+ A sport : an activity that you do for pleasure Explain through
and that need physical exercise. examples
+ A game : an activity or a sport with rules in Ask Ss to do the task
which people or teams compete against each Give feedback
other.
- Put the words into correct columns :
Explain examples Practice reading
+ Play : chess, table tennis, volleyball, tennis
Run through the task
+ Do : boxing, aerobic, karate Do the task
+ Go : fishing, cycling, swimming, running,
individually / pairs
skiing Give feedback
Practice
8’ IV/ POST – ACTIVITY : Questions & ask Ss to
How sporty they are ? answer speaking
Write the results on
2’ V/ HOMEWORK : Learn Vocab & find some the board -Know how to
vocabulary about sports & games. learn at home

WEEK 22
PERIOD 66 UNIT 8 : SPORTS AND GAMES
DATE: A CLOSER LOOK 1
118
* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to pronounce the sound /
eə / and / ei / in correctly in solation and in context.
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures , cassette

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ I/WARMER : Write the words under the Ask Ss to do the task - Make class
pictures : Give feedback more exciting
Ex : 1 – bicycle , 2 – a ball and attract Ss to
@ AK : 3 - sports shoes , 4 – skis, 5 – a boat , learn English.
6 – a racquet , 7 – a skateboard , 8 – gogles - Help Ss know
5’ II/ ACTIVITY 2 : Play the recording
some new words
- Listen & repeat the words : Listen & repeat the
Ex : a ball words
5’’ II/ ACTIVITY 3 : Run through the words
- Match the words : Do the task - Help Ss know
Ex : 1 – c bicycle –cycling individually/pairs some new words
@ AK : 2- d , 3- a , 4 –e, 5- g, 6 –h, 7- b, 8 – f Write the answers on
the board

10’ III/ ACTIVITY 4 : Explain the collocation -Help Ss know


- Listen & repeat. how to practice
/ eə / : Where , there , fair, pair, prepare speaking
/ ei / : here, fear, nearly, idea, volunteer
8’ IV / ACTIVITY 5 : Play the recording
- Listen. Which one has / eə / or / ei / :
Ex : 1 – A . air Listen & do the task
@ AK : individually
2. C. arerobics [eə'roubiks]
3. B. stair [steə] Give feedback - Practice
4. A. beer [biə] speaking the
5. B. share [∫eə] sounds
6. A. sphere [sfiə]
7’ V/ ACTIVITY 6 : - Practice
- Listen and choose the right words. Play the recording speaking the
Ex : 1. Fair play is important in sports. Listen to the recording sounds
@ AK : Do the task
2/ hear Give feedback
3/ idea
4/ square
5/ nearly
6/ cheered

5’ V/ HOMEWORK : -Know how to


- Learn Vocab & pay much attention to Do the task at home learn at home
the pronunciation.
- Prepare : Simple Past Tense

WEEK 23
PERIOD 67 UNIT 8 : SPORTS AND GAMES
DATE: A CLOSER LOOK 2

119
* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know how to use Simple
Past as well as Imperatives .
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ I/WARMER : Pelmanism Run through the words - Make class
Win Be Watch Get Work Do the task more exciting
Play Give feedback & and attract Ss to
Worked Got Was/Were Played explaination learn English.
Won
15’ II/ ACTIVITY 2 : Simple Past Tense
Ex : We played some games last Sunday. Use some examples to
( play ) explain the target - Help Ss know
He won the match yesterday. language new tense
( win )
Possitive : S + Ved/2 Give Ss handouts
Negative : S + did + not + V.o
Question Form : Did + S + V.o … ? Listen & answer the
 Short Answers : Yes, S + did questions
No, S + didn’t
Ex : He went to the market yesterday ?
He didn’t go to the market yesterday. -Help Ss know
Did he go to the market yesterday ? how to use of the
+ Use : To talk about a finished action in the simple past
past.
( yesterday, ago, last ( month … ) in
( 2011 ) )
+ Note : to Be
Possitive : Give Ss handouts
I/He/She/It/ Singular Noun + was
We/You/They/ Plural Noun + were
Ex : I was at home yesterday
Negative : S + was/were + not explain the target
Ex : I wasn’t at home yesterday. language
Question form : Was/ Were + S … ?
Yes, S + was/were
No, S + wasn’t/weren’t
Ex : Were you at home yesterday ?
Yes, I was/ No, I wasn’t
10’ III/ ACTIVITY 3 : Put the verbs into Run through the
Simple Past Tense : sentences for the task - Practice using
1/ I ( visit ) the museum with my family las the simple past
weekends. – visited Do the task in pairs fluently
2/ I ( have ) a good weekend. – had
3/ She ( be ) at home and ( watch ) TV. – was, Compare the asnwers
watched
4/ You ( go ) fishing with your friends ? – Give feedback
Did .. go .. ? ( Pay much attention to
5/ I ( not, meet ) him two days ago. – didn’t Ss’ explaination
meet
- Match the words :
10’ IV/ ACTIVITY 4 : Imparatives Run throug the
- What do these signs tell ? drawings for the task - Practice
speaking
Explain the target

120
language

8’ Don’t smoke/ No smoking


Copy
-Help Ss identify
target language

Please be quiet !
@ Imperratvies : Give the task &
+ Positive : V, ( please ) examples
+ Negative : Don’t V ( please ) Do the task in groups
 Use : Tell someone ( not ) to do Control the class &
something. help Ss
Ex : Chew it.
Don’t swallow it .
7’ V / ACTIVITY 5 : Write sentences to tell Give the task &
your friends what to do or not to do. examples
Ex : 1 . Take your umbrella. - Practice
Do the task in groups
@ AK : Control the class & speaking
2. Please don’t litter. help Ss
3. Please hurry up
4. … don’t train too hard.
5. Put on your coat.
3’ V/ HOMEWORK : Do the task at home -Help Ss know
- Do exercises : 1/ p.19, 5/ p/ 20 how to learn at
- Prepare : Talk about a home
sportman/sportwoman you like .
+ Name
+ the sport he/she plays
+ his/her past achievements
+ why you like him/her

WEEK 23
PERIOD 68 UNIT 8 : SPORTS AND GAMES
DATE: COMMUNICATION

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know some knowledge
about sports through speaking activities
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


10’ I/WARMER : Sports quiz Run through the questions - Make class
1/ How many players are there in a Do the task in pairs more exciting
football match ? ( 11 on each side ) Take a role play before the and attract Ss to
2/ How long does a football match last class learn English.
121
( divided into two halves – about 45 Give feedback
minutes each )
3/ How often are the Olympic Games
held ? ( every 4 years )
4/ Were the Olympic Games in 2011 ?
( No. In 2004, 2008 … )
5/ How long is a marathon ? ( 42. 195
kilometres long/ 26 miles and 385
yards )
6/ Where were the first Olympic Games
held ? ( in 776 BC )
7/ Which sport happen in a ring ?
( Boxing )
15’ II/ ACTIVITY 2 : Run through the questions - Help Ss know
- Interview your partner using the for the task some new words
following questions : Ask Ss to practise asking in
Ex : What sports/games do you play in pairs
your free time ? Encourage Ss to talk and
raise as many as questions
as possible.

20’’ II/ ACTIVITY 3 :


- Talk about your favourite Present to the class
portman/sportwoman. Control for help -Help Ss know
Ex : My favourite sportman born 24 how to speak
October 1985. He is an English
footballer who plays as a forward for
Premier League club Manchester - Practice
United and the England national team. speaking
He won Premier League in 2006–07, fluently
2007–08, 2008–09, 2010–11 with M.U.
I like him best because he plays soccer
very well.

5’ V/ HOMEWORK : Do the task at home -Help Ss know


- Prepare : Pele – the King of how to learn at
Football home
WEEK 23
PERIOD 69 UNIT 8 : SPORTS AND GAMES
DATE: SKILLS 1

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to read for specific
information about famous sportspeole as well as practice asking “ How often .. ? ‘’ with Adverbs
of Frequency.
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures ,

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ I/WARMER : Matching – Pictures & names Run through the pictures - Make class
Picture 1 Picture 2 Picture 3 Picture 3 Do the task in groups more exciting
Le Cong Vinh Beckham Rooney … and attract Ss
II/ PRE- ACTIVITIES : Use pictures & pre- to learn
10’ - Discuss the questions : questions for the task English.
Do you know Pele ? Answer the questions
What is special about him ? Read the text quickly &

122
… check the answers
- Help Ss
III/ WHILE – ACTIVITISES : know some
20’’ - Read the text & answer the questions. Run through the new words
Ex : When was Péle born ? questions
He was born on 21st October 1940 Answer the questions
@ AK : Give feetback
2/ People called him “ The King of Football
‘’ because he is such a good football player.
3/ He became Football Player of the Century
in 1999.
4/ He scored 1,281 goals in total. Take a role play before
5/ Yes, he is. the class
- Tick the right column. Give feedback
Sports/ Always Usually Someti Never
Games mes
Jogging Do the task individually -Help Ss know
Swimmi how to read
ng comprehension
Badmin Say the sentences
ton

Ex : I usually do jogging. Take the role play
IV/ POST– ACTIVITISES : Practice speaking in pairs
7’ - Interview your partner :
1/ Do you like football ?
2/ Do you play football or only watch it ?
3/ How often do you watch/play it ?
4/ What other sports do you play ? - Practice
4/ What kind of sports/games do you do most speaking
often ? Why ? fluently
Do the task at home
V/ HOMEWORK : -Help Ss know
3’ - Write about the sports/gamese you do how to learn at
most often.
home
Ex : I usually play soccer because …

WEEK 24
PERIOD 70 UNIT 8 : SPORTS AND GAMES
DATE: SKILLS 2

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know some inforamtion
about the sports/games people play through listening and writing activities
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures , cassette

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


I/WARMER : Run through the task - Make class more
5’ Do the task in groups exciting and attract
Swimming Give feedback Ss to learn English.
soccer Sports &
games

123
5’ II/ PRE- ACTIVITIES : Play the recording once
- Listen and say who the passage and aske Ss to listen - Help Ss listen &
about : and do the task choose the correct
Ex : Lan, Nga … Listen & do the task answer
20’ III/ WHILE – ACTIVITISES : Give feedback
- Listen & write T/F :
Ex : Hai plays chess every Saturday. F Play the recording again
@ AK : -Practise listening
2/ T , 3 T, 4 F, 5 T Listen and do the task skill
- Listen & fill in the blanks.
Ex : 1 – club
@ AK : 2. play , 3. watching , 4. Bill, 5. goes Give feedback
- Answer the questions by using S’s Listen and do the task -Practise speaking
own ideas – a sport/ a game you like. Give feedback skill
Ex : I like soccer.
- Write about the sport/game: Run through the cues
Ex : I like soccer. It’s a team sport…. for the task Practise writings
Do the task individually skill .
7’ IV/ POST– ACTIVITISES : and then in pairs
Practise writings
- Correct some Ss’ writings . Write a short paragraph
Give comments to the
skill
class
-correct Ss’
3’ V/ HOMEWORK : mistakes
- Write about your favourite Do the task at home
game/sport. ( Project ) -Help Ss know how
@ Tapescript : to learn at home
Hello. My name is Hai. I love sports. I play
volleyball at school and I often go cycling with my
dad at the weekend. But my favourite sports is judo. I
practice at the judo club three times a week.
My name is Alice . I’m 12. I don’t like doing sports
very much., but I like watching ice skating on TV. My
favourite hobby is playing chess. My friend and I
play chess every Saturday.
Hi, I’m Bill. I’m in grade 6 at Rosemarrick Lower
School. After my lessons, I like to play computer
game. The game I like best is “ Angry Birds’’. I often
play it for half an hour before dinner. I hope that I
can create a new kind of computer game in the
future.
My name is Trung. I’ve gor a lot of hobbies. I like
playing the guitar and I love to watch football on TV.
I don’t do much sport, but I often go swimming with
my friends on hot days.
WEEK 24
PERIOD 71 UNIT 8 : SPORTS AND GAMES
DATE: LOOKING BACK & PROJECT

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to review what they have
learnt during the unit as well as how far they have progressed and which areas need further
practice
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ I/WARMER : Find one odd ( 1 / p. 24 ) Run through the words - Make class more
Ex : 1/ a. volleyball b. badminton Do the task in groups exciting and
124
c. bicycle d. tennis Give feedback attract Ss to learn
@ AK : 2. A, 3. D, 4. C, 5. B English.
5’ II/ ACTIVITY 2:
- Write the name of the game or Give the task & an
sport the four words belongs to : examples - Help Ss revise
Ex : pool, breaststroke, dive, floot : Do the task in groups
the vocabulary
swimming Give feedback
@ AK : 1. cycling , 2. football/soccer, 3.
boxing, 4. table tennis, 5. basketball
10’ III/ ACTIVITY 3 : Give the task & an
- Put the verbs into the correct form : examples
Ex : The Olympic Games ( be ) are held -Help Ss revise
once every four years . Do the task individually the simple past
@ AK : tense
2/ took , 3/ started , 4/ are playing , 5/ did Give feedback
you do – cycled, watched
5’ IV/ ACTIVITY 4 :
* What do you say in these situations : Run through the cues for
Ex : Your friends are making a lot of the task
- Practice
noise . Do the task individually
→ Please, stop making noise/ Keep and then in pairs
speaking fluently
silent. Write the answers on the
@ AK : board
2/ Go out to play with your friends. Give comments to the class
3/ Don’t feed animals.
4/ Stand in line, boys !
3/ Don’t tease the dog. - Practice writing
V/ ACTIVITY 5 : Run through the questions
10’ - Fill in each blank with a word to & the answers
finish the passage : Tell the Ss how to do the
Ex : 1/ play task
@ AK : 2/ hear, 3/ games, 4/ sports , 5/ Do the task in pairs
famous Give feedback
7’ VI/ ACTIVITY 6 : Practice speaking
- Match the questions with the Do the task in pairs
correct answers :
Ex : 1. a Give feedback
@ AK : 2. e, 3. b, 4. c, 5. d -Help Ss know
3’ VII/ HOMEWORK : how to learn at
- Do the project at home . Do the task at home home

WEEK 24
PERIOD 72 UNIT 9 : CITIES OF THE WORLD
DATE: GETTING STARTED

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know some vocabulary
and lexical items to describe continents, countries, cities and landmarks
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures,cassette .
TIME CONTENTS T & S’s ACTIVITIES RATIONALE
5’ I/WARMER : New York Run through the topic - Make class more
Do the task in groups exciting and
Ha Noi Cities of the Give feedback attract Ss to learn
world
125
English.

5’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES : Use pictures, examples - Help Ss know


- Pre – teach Vocab : for the task some new words
+ egg – shaped ( a ) : có hình quả trứng Copy
+ continent ( n ) /kɒn.tɪ.nənt/ : lục địa
+ major ( a ) /meɪ.dʒə r / : to lớn, chính ,chủ
yếu Run through the
- Predict : pictures
What are the photos of ? Answer the question
Sydney …
10’ III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES :
- Listen & read Play the recording -Help Ss know
- Write T/F : Listen & do the task
Ex : F ( They are looking at photos on the
how to read
Give feedback comprehension
computer )
@ AK :
2/F ( Tom has been to most of the cities )
3/ T
5’ 4/ F ( There are modern buildings in London as
well )
5/ T ( Tom has never been to New Your. The
photo is from his brother )
- Name of the continents : Give the task & an - Practice reading
Ex : 1 – Asia example
@ AK : 2. Europe , 3. Africa , 4. North Do the task
America Give the feedback
5. South America , 6. Australia , 7.
Antarctica
10’ IV/ POST - ACTIVITIES : Give the task
- Match the words to the names of the - Practice reading
Do the task individually
places : and then in pairs
Ex : a. continent – Asia, Africa Write the answers on
7’ @ AK : the board
b/ country – Sweden, the USA ends.
c/ city – Ha Noi, Nha Trang, Amsterdam,
Livierpool
d/ Ha Noi. Amsterdam
e/ Ben Thanh Market, the Louvre
- Game : Around the world
Ex : Which continent is it in ? -Know how to
3’ V/ HOMEWORK : learn at home
- Remind : Comparative of adjectives

WEEK 25
PERIOD 73 UNIT 9 : CITIES OF THE WORLD
DATE: A CLOSER LOOK 1

126
* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know how to
pronouce /əʊ / and / aɪ / as well as how to use superlatives of adjectives
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures, cassette

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s RATIONALE


ACTIVITIES
5’ I/WARMER : Match the opposites Run through the - Make class more
( 1 / p. 28 ) topic exciting and attract
Ex : 1/ old – new Do the task in groups Ss to learn English.
Give feedback
@ AK :
2. dangerous – safe 3. quiet –
- Help Ss know
noisy Run through the
4. dry – wet 5. clean – dirty words some new words
6. historic – modern 7. boring – Do the task
10’ exciting Give feedback
8. cheap – expensive 9. cold – hot -Help Ss know how
II/ ACTIVITY 2 : to read
- Create word webs : Give the task & comprehension
Beautiful examples
peaceful City Do the task in groups

@ AK :
+ City : beautiful, peaceful, exciting, Give feedback
modern, polluted, safe …
+ People : nice , friendly, unfriendly,
open, noisy, interesting …
+ food : delicious, awful, good, tasty

10’ + weather : bad, rainy, hot, cold …
+ building : old, modern .. - Practice reading
Play the recording the sounds
III/ ACTIVITY 3 : Listen & do the task
- Listen & write the words in Give feedback
the appropriate column :
/əʊ / / aɪ /
Cold Sky
Snow Exciting
5’ Old High
Clothes Fine - Practice speaking
Hold Flight
Play the recording the sounds
IV/ ACTIVITY 4 :
5’ Listen & repeat
- Listen & repeat :
Ex : New York is an exciting city
Use examples to
with many skyscrapers .
explain the grammar
V/ ACTIVITY 5 : Grammar –
point
Superlatives of long adjectives :
7’ Listen to the teacher
the most + adj
Copy
Ex : famous – the most famous
Give the task & an - Practice writing
VI/ ACTIVITY 6 : skill
example
127
- Complete the fact in Britain Do the task
by using Superlatives of Read this article and
adjectives: check the answers
Ex : London is Britain’s biggest city. Give the feedback
@ AK :
2/ Oldest city – Oxford University
3/ Most popular British writer –
3’ Shakespeare
4/ Most popular food – fish and
chips
5/ Most popular drink – tea Do the task at home -Know how to learn
6/ Most common activity – watching at home
TV
VII/ HOMEWORK :
- Learn Vocab & grammar
point
- Prepare : Simple Past
The University of Oxford (informally
Oxford University or Oxford, derived from
the Latin, Universitas Oxoniensis) is a
university located in Oxford, England,
United Kingdom. It is the oldest university
in the English-speaking world, and the
second-oldest surviving university in the
world.[1][5] Although its exact date of
foundation is unclear, there is evidence of
teaching as far back as 1096
The University of Cambridge (informally
known as Cambridge University or simply
as Cambridge) is a public research
university located in Cambridge, England,
United Kingdom. It is the second-oldest
university in the English-speaking world
(after the University of Oxford), and the
third-oldest surviving university in the
world. The university grew out of an
association of scholars that was formed in
1209, early records suggest, by scholars
leaving Oxford after a dispute with
townsfolk
William Shakespeare in Stratford-upon-
Avon (26 April 1564 (baptised) – 23 April
1616)[nb 1] was an English poet and
playwright, widely regarded as the greatest
writer in the English language and the
world's pre-eminent dramatist.[1] He is often
called England's national poet and the "Bard
of Avon".His plays have been translated into
every major living language and are
performed more often than those of any
other playwright.[3]
 The Merchant of Venice
 Romeo and Juliet
 Macbeth †
 Hamlet
Charles John Huffam Dickens (pron.: /
ˈtʃɑrlz ˈdɪkɪnz/; 7 February 1812 – 9 June
1870) was an English writer and social
critic. He created some of the world's most
memorable fictional characters and is
generally regarded as the greatest novelist of
the Victorian period.

128
 The Posthumous Papers of the
Pickwick Club (Monthly serial,
April 1836 to November 1837)[128]
 The Adventures of Oliver Twist
(Monthly serial in Bentley's
Miscellany, February 1837 to April
1839)
 Dombey and Son (Monthly serial,
October 1846 to April 1848)
 David Copperfield (Monthly
serial, May 1849 to
November 1850)

WEEK 25
PERIOD 74 UNIT 9 : CITIES OF THE WORLD
DATE: A CLOSER LOOK 2

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to use Present
Perfect to describe experiences through language practicing activities.
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures,cassette .

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ I/WARMER : Put the words into correct Run through the words - Make class
column : Do the task in groups more exciting
Watched , Go , Eaten , Worked Give feedback and attract Ss to
Infinitive Past form P. P learn English.
Go Went Gone
Watch Watched Watched
Work Worked Worked
Eat Ate Eaten
15’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES : Run through the task
Play the recording - Help Ss know
- Listen & underlined the form
“ S + have/has + past participle “ Listen and do the task some new words
Ex : Have you been to all these places ? Write the sentences on the
- Grammar Point : board
I’ve been to most of them. Give feedback
I have
The Present Perfect : -Help Ss know
S + HAVE/HAS + P.P ( Ved/3 ) Use examples for the task how to use of
S + HAVE/HASE + NOT + P.P ( Ved/3 ) Explain the target language the present
HAVE/HAS + S + P.P ( Ved/3 ) … ? Copy
perfect
Yes, S + have/has
No, S + haven’t / hasn’t
We use the present perfect to describe our
experiences
Ex : He hasn’t been to Nha Trang
Europe , 3. Africa , 4. North America
5. South America , 6. Australia , 7.
Antarctica
III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES :
15’ - Put the verbs into Present Perfect : Run through the sentences - Practice using
( 2/ p. 30 ) Do the task the present
Ex : 1. has been perfect fluently
@ AK : 2/ has been 3/ has visited , 4/ has been,
Give feedback
129
5/ has been
- Look at Tom;s webpage. Tell a Practice speaking first - Practice using
partner what he has done this week. Write the sentences on the the perfect
Ex : He has read books. board fluently
@ Suggested Answers : Give feedback
2/ He has eaten “ pho ‘’ 3/ He has
played football
4/ He has got A + 5/ He has Give the task & an example
washed his dog. Do the task -Help Ss
IV/ POST - ACTIVITIES : Give comments to the class identify the
7’ - Do the survey : present perfect
+ One thing that everyone has done Do the task at home fluently
+ One thing no one has done
Ex : Have you ever sang karaoke ?
3’ -Help Ss know
V/ HOMEWORK : how to learn at
- Do Exercise 3 / p. 30
home

WEEK 25
PERIOD 75 UNIT 9 : CITIES OF THE WORLD
DATE: COMMUNICATION

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know some famous
landmarks around the world through doing reading & speaking practice
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s RATIONALE


ACTIVITIES
10’ I/WARMER : Match the words with the correct Run through the - Make class
pictures : words & pictures more exciting
Ex : a – Merlion Do the task in groups and attract Ss to
@ AK : b. Big Ben Give feedback learn English.
c. Temple of Literature
d. Sydney Opera House
e. Eiffel Tower Use some questions
Which cities are they in ? to focus on the topic
What do you know about them ?
10’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES :
- Pre – teach Vocab : - Help Ss know
+ design ( n/v ) /dɪˈzaɪn/ : thiết kế Use some new words
pictures/examples
+ creature ( n ): sinh vật for the task
+ symbol ( n ) /sɪm.b ə l / : biểu tượng Copy
+ Heritage ( n ) : /herɪtɪdʒ/ : di sản
+ landmark ( n): danh thắng
- Guess & put the names of landmarks :
Ex : a – Merlion
III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES : Run through the
15’ words/phrases -Help Ss know
- Read the text & check the answers how to read
@ AK : 1/ Big Ben , 2/ Sydney Opera House
Do the task in groups comprehension
3/ Temple of Literature , 4/ Eiffel Tower
5/ Merlion

130
- Write T/ F for the statements :
Ex : 1 – F Read the passages &
@ AK : correct the prediction
1/ F ( The bel in the tower is the largest bell ever Give feedback
made in England )
2/ F ( It was designed by a Danish architect )
3/ T
4/ F ( It is the most visited landmark in the
world )
5/ T Run through the - Practice
7’ 6/ F ( It has a lion’s head and a fish’s body ) sentences speaking
IV/ POST - ACTIVITIES : Read the text again & fluently
- Guesssing game – a city, a country … do the task
Ex : It’s a city. It’s very hot and crowded. Give feedback
Is it Tokyo ?
No, it isn’t . It’s in South America. The people
there love football.
Is it Rio de Janeiro ?
Yes, it is.
-Help Ss know
3’ + One thing that everyoe has done how to learn at
V/ HOMEWORK : Give the task & home
- Prepare : A postcard of a landmark examples
Practice speaking in
Big Ben is the nickname for the great bell of the clock pairs
at the north end of the Palace of Westminster in
London,[1] and often extended to refer to the clock and
the clock tower.[2] The tower is now officially called the
Elizabeth Tower, after being renamed to celebrate
Queen Elizabeth II Diamond Jubilee. The Elizabeth
Tower holds the largest four-faced chiming clock in the
world and is the third-tallest free-standing clock tower.
[3]
The tower was completed in 1858 and had its 150th
anniversary on 31 May 2009,[4] during which Do the task at home
celebratory events took place.[5][6] The Elizabeth Tower
has become one of the most prominent symbols of both
London and England and is often in the establishing
shot of films set in the city.
The Sydney Opera House is a multi-venue performing
arts centre in Sydney, New South Wales, Australia. It
was conceived and largely built by Danish architect
Jørn Utzon, opening in 1973 after a long gestation that
had begun with his competition-winning design in
1957. The Sydney Opera House is on Bennelong Point
in Sydney Harbour, close to the Sydney Harbour
Bridge.

The Merlion (Malay: Singa-Laut) is a mythical


creature with the head of a lion and the body of a fish, used
as a mascot and national personification of Singapore. Its
name combines "mer" meaning the sea and "lion". The fish
body represents Singapore's origin as a fishing village when
it was called Temasek, which means "sea town" in Javanese.
The lion head represents Singapore's original name —
Singapura — meaning "lion city" or "kota singa".The
symbol was designed by Alec Fraser-Brunner, a member of
the Souvenir Committee and curator of the Van Kleef
Aquarium,

The Eiffel Tower (French: La Tour Eiffel, [tuʁ ɛfɛl]) is


an iron lattice tower located on the Champ de Mars in

131
Paris, named after the engineer Gustave Eiffel, whose
company designed and built the tower. Erected in 1889
as the entrance arch to the 1889 World's Fair, it has
become both a global cultural icon of France and one of
the most recognizable structures in the world. The tower
is the tallest structure in Paris[10] and the most-visited
paid monument in the world.
The Temple of Literature (Văn Miếu, 文廟) is a
temple of Confucius in Hanoi, northern Vietnam. The
temple hosts the "Imperial Academy" (Quốc Tử Giám,
國子監), Vietnam's first national university. The temple
was built in 1070 at the time of King Lý Nhân Tông. It
is one of several temples in Vietnam which are
dedicated to Confucius, sages and scholars.

WEEK 26
PERIOD 76 UNIT 9 : CITIES OF THE WORLD
DATE: SKILS 1

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know how to write a
postcard as well as a note
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s RATIONALE


ACTIVITIES
5’ I/WARMER : Run through some - Make class more
- Look at these postcards : postcards exciting and attract
What is the picture on the Ask Ss some Ss to learn English.
postcard on ? questions to elicit
What is the purpose of writing Answer the questions
and sending postcards while
you are on holiday ?
….
15’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES : - Help Ss know some
- Answer the questions : Run through the new words
Ex : What city is Mai in ? questions
Mai is in Stockolm. Answer the questions
@ AK : Speaking practice in
2/ She is there with her family. pairs
3/ The weather has been perfect. Give feedback
4/ Mai is staying in a hotel.
5/ She has visited the Royal Palace
and had “ fika ‘’ in a café in the
Old Town.
6/ “Fika ‘’ ( a Swedish word )
means a leisure break when one Give the task & an
drinks tea/coffee and perhaps has example -Help Ss know how
some biscuits with friends and Do the task in groups to read
family. Explain the target comprehension
7/ She will cycle to discover the language
city. ( How to write a
8/ Mai is feeling happy. She used postcard/ note )
the words such as “ fantastic ‘’, “

132
perfect ‘’, “ amazing ‘’ …
- Match headings with the
numbers.
15’ Ex : 1- e Run through the - Practice speaking
@ AK : 1. I , 2. c , 3. h, 4. b , 5. d, questions fluently
6. g, 7. f, 8. e. 9.a Give an examples
III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES : Practice speaking in
- Imagine you have just pairs
arrived in one city. Ask Control for help
your partner some
questions. ( 4/ p.32 )
Ex : Which city have you just Ask some students to
arrived ? write the notes on the - Practice writing
7’ I’ve just arrived Ho Chi Minh board. skill
City. Give comments
- Listen & write down notes
about your partner’s city.
3’ Ex : Lan has just arrived Ho Chi Do the task at home
Minh City. …
-Help Ss know how
IV/ POST - ACTIVITIES :
- Correct the notes :
to learn at home

V/ HOMEWORK :
- Write a postcard at home
by using the information
from the discussion.

WEEK 26
PERIOD 77 UNIT 9 : CITIES OF THE WORLD
DATE: SKILS 2

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know how to listen for
specific details including facts and figures.
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures. cassette

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s RATIONALE


ACTIVITIES
5’ I/WARMER : Finish these words Run through the - Make class more
1/ P A L A C E 2/ R E S T words exciting and attract
AU RAN T Do the task in groups Ss to learn English.
3/ P R I Z E 4/ I S L A Give feedback
ND
5/ F A T A S T I C S 6/ P O S T
- Help Ss listen &
10’ CAR D
II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES : Run through the choose the correct
- Answer the questions : questions answer
What can you see from the Answer the questions
pictures ? Give feedback &
( Royal Palace, Nobel Prize, explaination
museum … ) -Help Ss know how
What do you know about Nobel to write the webpage
133
Prize ? @ Tapescripts :
( in Sweden … ) Sweden’s capital city is
built on 14 islands and
The will of the Swedish philanthropist has a 700 year – old
inventor Alfred Nobel established the history. The oldest part of
prizes in 1895. The prizes in Physics, Stokholm is the Old Town.
Chemistry, Physiology or Medicine, Here you can visit the
Literature, and Peace were first awarded in Royal Palace, one of
1901.The Peace Prize is awarded in Oslo, Europe’s largest and most
Norway, while the other prizes are dynamic palaces. There
awarded in Stockholm, Sweden. The are about 3,000 people
Nobel Prize is widely regarded as the most living in the Old Town
prestigious award available in the fields of today and it’s a palace
literature, medicine, physics, chemistry, with café, restaurants,
peace, and economics.The Royal Swedish shops and museums,
Academy of Sciences awards the Nobel including the Nobel
Prize in Physics, the Nobel Prize in Museum. Stockholm is
Chemistry, and the Nobel Memorial Prize also the city where Nobel
in Economic Sciences; the Nobel Prizes, except for the
Assembly at Karolinska Institutet awards Nobel Prize, are awarded
the Nobel Prize in Physiology or each year. On the 10th
Medicine; the Swedish Academy grants the December, the day when
Nobel Prize in Literature; and the Nobel Alfred Nobel died, the
Peace Prize is not awarded by a Swedish Nobel Prize winners
organisation but by the Norwegian Nobel receive their awards from
Committee. The various prizes are the Swedish King – A
awarded yearly. Each recipient, or laureate, nobel diploma, a medal,
receives a gold medal, a diploma and a and 10 million Swedish
sum of money, which is decided by the crowns per prize.
Nobel Foundation. As of 2012, each prize - Practice Listening
15’
was worth 8 million SEK (c. US$1.2
million, €0.93 million
Play the recording
- Guess the statement T/F Listen & correct
- Ex : 1 – T Give feedback
III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES :
10’ - Listen & check the
prediction. -correct Ss’ mistakes
Ask some students to
@ AK : 2. F , 3. F, 4. F, 5, F write the postcards on
- Listen & fill in the gaps. the board
Ex : 1- 14 Give comments to the
5’ @ AK : 2. 700, 3. 3, 000 , 4. 10 class -Help Ss know how
Dec, 5. 10 million to learn at home
IV/ POST - ACTIVITIES :
- Study skills : Think about 5 Do the task at home
Ws & 1 H on the postcard :
Who ..
- Correct the postcards
( Homework )
V/ HOMEWORK :
- Rearrange the words to
make sentences :
Ex : Stockholm is fantasstic.

WEEK 26
PERIOD 78 UNIT 9 : CITIES OF THE WORLD
DATE: LOOKING BACK & PROJECT

134
* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to review what they have
learnt during the unit as well as how far they have progressed and which areas need further
practice
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures.

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s RATIONALE


ACTIVITIES
10’ I/WARMER : Network Run through the - Make class more
awful topics exciting and attract
Do the task in groups Ss to learn English.
Weather
Give feedback

Hot cold
- Help Ss revise the
vocabulary
Delicious ….
Food

30’ II/ PRACTICE : -Help Ss revise the


- Choose the best two options Run through the phrase
: ( Exercise 1 ) questions
Ex : Answer the questions
1/ The city is ….. Give feedback
a. exciting b. amazing c.
long
-Help Ss revise the
@ AK : 2. a,c - 3. a, c – 4. a,b , 5 – Check Ss’
b, c understanding of tenses
- Put the verbs into Present Present Perfect
Perfect : Give the task & an - Practice speaking
Ex : 1. Have you ever eaten example fluently
@ AK : 2. Have you been , 3. have Do the task
been Give feedback
4. have been , 5. Have you
visited , 6. have seen Run through the task - Practice speaking
- Communication : & examples fluently
Ex : Have you ever sung karaoke ? Do the task in pairs
Yes, I have Practice speaking
When was that ? Control for help
Last week
Which song did you sing ?
Happy Birthday. Give the task &
- Complete this fact sheet examples
about Viet Nam.
Ex :
+ Biggest City : Ha Noi Do the task in pair
+ Oldest University : Quoc Tu
Giam ( 1076 )
+ Most popular Vietnamese writer :
Nguyen Du … Give comments to the
+ Most popular food : cha gio , class
noodles ..
-Help Ss know how
5’ + Most popular drink : tea, coffee
to learn at home
135
+ Most common activity : Do the task at home
Watching TV …
V/ HOMEWORK :
Do the Project at home .
Prepare : Exerice 3 & 4
( Review )

WEEK 27
PERIOD 79
DATE: REVIEW 3 (UNIT 7, 8, 9)

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to revises the language and
skills in unit 7- 9 ( Pronunciation , Vocabulary, Grammar ) .
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures, cassette

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


10’ I/WARMER : Choose one of the Run through the tasks -Make class more
words/phrases to complete Do the task in groups exciting and attract
sentences ( E 4 / p. 36 ) Give feedback Ss to learn English.
Ex : The most famous building in
Paris is the Eiffel Tower.
@ AK : 2- football , 3 – local
television , 4 – country 5 –
remote control, 6- summer sports
30’ II/ PRACTICE : Play the recording - Help Ss revise the
- Odd one out . Which Listen and do the task words
underlined sound is Give feedback
pronounced differently in Play the recording
each group : 1/p.36 Listen & repeat
Ex : 1. C – favourite
@ AK : 2- A, 3. A, 4. B, 6. D, 6. Run through the passage -Help Ss revise the
D & words pronunciation
- Practice saying the Ask Ss to do the task
sentences : 2/p.76 Give feedback – Pay
136
Ex : What sport can you play in attention to students
the cold weather ? how to use the words
- Choose A, B or C to fill in correctly -Help Ss revise the
the gaps in the passage : words
Ex : 1- A – outdoor Use Lucky Number for
the task

5’ @ AK : 2. B, 3. A, 4. A, 5. C Run through the - Help Ss revise the


- Put the verbs into the questions tenses
correct form : Do the task individually
Ex : 1 – started Give feedback & ask Ss
@ AK : 2 – play, 3- had, 4 – the reasons - Help Ss revise the
is , 5. bought , 6- has worked Check Ss’ understanding words
- Find the correct in the of Superlatives of
questions : adjectives
Ex : 1. Who – What -Practise speaking
@ AK : 2. When , 3. Correct, fluently
4. How tall, 5. Correct
- Use the superlatives in the
box to complete the Give the task & an
sentences : example
Ex : The most expensive city in Do the task -Help Ss know how
the world is Tokyo. Give feedback to learn at home
@ AK : 2- the most popular, 3
– the most intelligent , 4- the most
colourful, the most dangerous Do the task at home
V/ HOMEWORK :
- Do exercise 8 at home .
- Prepare : Exerice 1 / p. 37

WEEK 27
PERIOD 80
DATE:
REVIEW 3: SKILLS

137
* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to revises the language and
skills in unit 7- 9 - Doing language skills .
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures, cassette
* DATE :
TIME CONTENTS T & S’s ACTIVITIES RATIONALE
10’ I/WARMER : Choose the best Run through the tasks -Make class more
replies for the questions : Do the task in groups exciting and attract
( Exercise 1/ p. 37 ) Give feedback Ss to learn English.
Ex : 1- e
What time does the match start
? – I think it’s at 8.
@ AK : 2- a, 3. c, 4. b, 5.d
- Interview
30’ II/ PRACTICE : Ask Ss to do the task - Help Ss revise the
- Reading : Strangest individually and then words
Sports check with their peers.
+ Choose the title for the Give feedback
passages
Ex : 1 – A
@ AK : 1- B, 2. A Do the task in pairs -Help Ss revise the
+ Which sport is it ? Give feedback words
Ex :1 – Who’s faster ?
@ AK : 2- Putting your toes
together.
3. Who’s faster ?
4. Putting your toes Play the recording - Help Ss revise the
together Do the task individually tenses
- Listening;: Have you Give feedback & ask Ss
ever … ? the reasons
+ Listen and fill in the blanks
:
Ex : 1. competition Run through the task &
@ AK : 2- skiing , 3 – country , examples - Help Ss revise the
4- Canada , 5 – cartoon Do the task words
- Listen & complete the Give feedback
information.
Ex : 1 – running race -Practise writing
@ AK : 2. Thailand 3- Wait
and See Do the task at home
- Writing : Write a
passage by using the -Help Ss know how to
5’ information form the learn at home
table.
Ex : Last summer, Tim and Mark
visited India.
V/ HOMEWORK :
- Do exercise 8 at home .
- Prepare : Exerice 1 / p.
37

WEEK 27
PERIOD 81
DATE:
The third 45-minute test
SUBJECT: ENGLISH 6

138
@ OBJECTIVES : Through the test, students will be able to know how far they have
progressed and which areas need further practice. In addition, teacher also
knows what students got from his teaching.

@ MATERIALS : Copies, cassette

TABLE OF SPECCIFICATION (TOS)


GRADE 6 (2014-2015) – The third test

GD-ĐT Thới Lai THE MID-SECOND TERM EXAMINATION


Trường THCS Thới Thạnh (2014-2015)
SUBJECT: ENGLISH PILOT 6
Time: 60 minutes.

Q. types No. Ti
of Test Mark me
Question levels
Part/Secti ite questions alloc all
on/ Test items ms oc
Q. no (This is for
Ap An
Re Un test paper
p a
coded 132)
PART I Sports and Games √ T/F 4 Q1- 4
8x0.25= 2 10’
Listening √ Fill in 4 Q5-8 m
the
blank
PART II /ed/→ /id / vs /t / √ MCQ 2 Q9,10 2x0.25=
Phonetics /ed/→ /id / vs /d/ 0.5 m 4’

139
-Exclamation √ MCQ 1 Q20 10x0.25= 10’
-Vocabulary √ MCQ 4 Q11,13,14,15 2.5 ms
PART II - Comparation √ MCQ 1 Q18
- Tenses √ MCQ 4 Q12,16,17,19
Grammar
* Cloze test (< √ MCQ 4 Q21-24 12x0.25=
PART III 100words): 3 ms
Television √ MCQ 4 Q25-28 10’
Reading Cities of the
world √ Matching 4 Q29-32
Read the passage
Rewrite √ Arrange 2 Q33,34 2x0.5=1,0 10’
PART IV m
Writing Rewrite √ Writing 2 Q35,36 2x0.5= 6’
1,0, m
Total 10 24 2 36 10ms 60’

GD-ĐT Thới Lai THE MID-SECOND TERM EXAMINATION


Trường THCS Thới Thạnh (2014-2015)
SUBJECT: ENGLISH PILOT 6
Time: 60 minutes.

Điểm bằng số Điểm bằng chữ Giám khảo 1: Mã số phách


................................
..........................................................
Giám khảo 2:
................................
..........................................................

I. LISTENING: (2ms)
1. Listen to the passage then write True (T) or (False) for each sentence: (1m)

Statements T/F
1. He plays badminton at school.
2. He often goes cycling with his mom at the weekend.
3. His favorite sport is judo.
4. He practices at the judo club four times a week.

2. Listen again and answer the questions by choose the best option (A, B, C or D): (1m)

140
5. The Baker family has ……………..
A. one child B .two children. C. no children D. three children
6. Hai loves ……… so much
A. shirts B .short. C. sport D. sports
7 He often goes cycling with his ……………..
A. friend B .dad C. friends D. mom
8.He goes to the judo club………a week.
A. once B . three times C. two times D. twice

II. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR: (3ms)


Choose the best option (A, B, C or D) for each sentence
9. Which word is different pronoun with others ?
A. helped B visited C. needed D. wanted
10. Which word is different pronoun with others ?
A.collected B. learned C. rented D. decided
11. Football is an ……………….game.
A. outdoor B. indoor C. individual D. outside
12. Kien is not very sporty. He …. play games.
A. will play B. not play C. will plays D. never play
13. Find the odd A, B, C or D.
A. running B. driving C. skipping D. swimming
14. As it doesn’t snow in Viet Nam, we can not ……………skiing.
A. play B. go C. do D. doing

15. Many girls and women ………….aerobics to keep fit.


A. play B. go C. do D. going
16.Thomas…….. for BBC Once since 2005.
A. works B. worked C. has worked D. have worked
17. Where………Lan and her parents go on vacation last year?
A. did B. were C. do D. does
18. What is …….river in the world?
A. the longest B. longer C. the longer D. longest
19. The USA….. colour TV in 1953 .
A. has B. have C. was D. had
20……..nice photos!
A. what’s B. how C. where D. What

III. READING COMPREHENSION: (3ms)


1. Read the passage and choose the best option (A, B, C or D) to each space to
complete the passage (1m):
Disney Channel is one of the most (21)…………….channels for children. There are
millions of (22)……………..watching this channel every year all over the world. Disney’s (23)
……………….. are both entertaining and (24) …………… For example, the series “Hannah
Montana”, they are not only beautiful but they also teach children lessons about family and
friendship.
21. A. boring B. funny C. beautiful D. popular
22. A. watcher B. viewers C. seers D. watches

141
23. A. channel B. Programme C. Programmes D. chanels
24. A. educational B. funny C. boring D. nervous
2.Read the following passage and choose suitable words to fill the blank:(1m)

swimming exciting tourists seafood experience quiet make

Considered Viet Nam’s most famous seaside resort town, Nha Trang attracts (25)………… not
only with its beautiful beaches but also with its (26)………… atmosphere of a young, growing
city. If you visit Nha Trang during the period of January to August you will (27)………… the
most wonderful weather for (28)………… and sunbathing. The town is also well-known for its
seafood including dishes made from fresh fish, crabs, and lobsters.

3. Match one word in A with one word in B: (1m)


A B
29. go a. chess
30. watch b. a cake
31. play c. a game show
32. make d. fishing

29………. 30……… 31…….. 32……….

IV. WRITING (2ms)


1. Rearrange the given words to make sentences (1m)
33. We / there / has been / twice
……………………………………………………………………………………………
34. Tom and Mary / go swimming / in the / never / sunny / weather.
……………………………………………………………………………………………

2. Answer about you: (1m)


35. When will you visit your friends ?
...............................................................................................................................................
..
36. What did you do last Sunday?
................................................................................................................
................................
-----------THE END---------

WEEK 28
PERIOD 82
DATE:
CORRECT THE THIRD TEST

ANSWER KEY
THE MID-SECOND TERM EXAMINATION (2014-2015)
SUBJECT: ENGLISH PILOT 6
Time: 60 minutes.
142
I/. (2ms)
1. * True or False
1/. T 2/. F
3/. T 4/. F

2* Answer the questions :


5/.A
6/. D
7/. C
8/. B

II/. (3ms)
9/. A 10/. B
11/. A 12/. D
13/. B 14/. B
15/. C 16/. C
17. A 18/. A
19/. D 20/. D
III/. (2.5ms)
1. (1m)
21/. D
22/. B
23/. C
24/. A
2. (1m)
25/. tourists
26/. exciting
27/. make
28/. swimming
3. (1m)
29/.d
30/. c
31/. a.
32/. b .
IV/. (1.5ms)
33/. We has been there twice.
34/. Tom and Mary never go swimming in the sunny
wea
35/. free 36/.free

BÀI NGHE THI GIỮA KỲ II TIẾNG ANH THÍ ĐIỂM 6


NĂM HỌC 2014 – 2015

The BaKers has only one son. His name’s Hai. He’s a student in class 6A. He likes sports
so much. At school, Hai plays badminton with his friends, he goes cycling with his friends
although his favorite sport is Judo. Mr. BaKer says that: “ He practices at the Judo club three
times a week”.

WEEK 28
UNIT 10 : OUR HOUSES IN THE FUTURE
143
GETTING STARTED
PERIOD 83
DATE:

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know how to talk about
types of houses and appliances .
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures, cassette

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s RATIONALE


ACTIVITIES
5’ I/WARMER : Jumbled words : Run through the -Make class more
1/ O,T, H, L,L E – HOTELL. cues exciting and attract
2/ P, A, A, C,E, L – PALACE Do the task in Ss to learn English.
3/ E,M,T, O , L,L – MOTELL groups
4/ O, A, T, T,C E,G - COTTAGE Give feedback
10’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES :
_ Help Ss know
- Pre – teach Vocab :
some vocabulary
+ solar energy /səʊlə r enədʒi/ :
( n ) : năng lượng mặt trời
Use pictures,
+ wireless /waɪələs/ ( a ) : không dây examples for the -
+ space ( n ) : vũ trụ task
+ robot /rəʊ.bɒt/ ( n ) : robot, người Copy
máy
- Questions :
Who are they ? ( Nick & Phong ) Put some drawings Help Ss know some
What is Phong doing ? ( drawing a on the boards & use members before
UFO ) some eliciting practice reading
20’ …. questions for the
III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES : task
Answer the - Practice reading
- Complete the table :
questions comprehension
Type of house UFO
Location in the mountain Play the recording
Surroundings many tall old Listen to the
trees recording
Numbers of 20
rooms Do the task in -Practice speaking
Appliances in the a wireless TV groups
room Give feedback
- Match words with the pictures
Ex : 1. c
@ AK : 2. a. 3. e, 4. b, 5. d
- Ask and answer questions
about the pictures : Run through the task
Ex : Which house do you like best ? & examples
I like the palace. Do the task in pairs
7’ Why ?
-Practice writing
It’s big
III/ POST – ACTIVITIES : Practice speaking
- Tick the place where you want Give feedback &
your future house to be located comments
2’ and write sentences :
Ex : My future house will be in the -Help Ss know how
city. to learn at home
V/ HOMEWORK : Ask Ss to do the task

144
- Do exercise 1b . individually
- Prepare : Game Correct the writing

Do the task at home

WEEK 28
PERIOD 84 UNIT 10 : OUR HOUSES IN THE FUTURE
DATE: A CLOSER LOOK 1

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know how to pronounce /
dr / & / tr / as well as know some vocabulary of appliances .
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures, cassette

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s RATIONALE


ACTIVITIES
5’ I/WARMER : Game “ Outside my window ‘’ Play the game in - Make class
A : Outside my window I can see a lot of trees groups more
and a river. Where’s my house ? exciting and
B : It’s in the countryside. attract
A : Correct Ss to learn
10’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES : Use pictures, English.
- Pre – teach Vocab : examples for the
+ hi – teach ( a ) : kỹ thuật cao task
+ tractor /træk.tə r / ( n ) : máy kéo Copy - Help Ss know
+ hay ( n ) : cỏ kho some
- Put the words into the correct column : words before
Living Bedroom Kitchen Bathroom practising
room Do the task in
Wireless group
TV
20’ III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES :
- Correct the pre – task
Living Bedroom Kitchen Bathroom
room Give feedback
Wireless Modern Automati -Train
Wireless TV fridge c washing Ss’listening and
TV Hi – tech Automatic machine reading
robot dishwashe
s
- Listen & repeat the words .
- Listen to the chants and write the sounds Play the
/ dr // & / tr / : recording
Ex : / tr / : countryside Listen & repeat - Practise
@ AK : the words pronuncing
/ dr / : drive, drops , drip, dripping fluently
/ tr / : countryside , travel , train, tractor, track
- Match the appliances with the things Play the
they can or might do : recording -Train
Ex : 1 – c Listen & do the Ss’listening
7’ @ AK : 2- d, 3 – b, 4- e, 5 – a task
III/ POST – ACTIVITIES : Give feedback

145
- Ask & answer questions about Do the task
appliances in the house. individually
Ex : What does a wireless TV do ? Give feedback
It helps us watch TV programme from
2’ space. Practice -Train Ss’
V/ HOMEWORK : speaking in speaking
- Review : Simple Future Tense pairs
Give comments

Do the task at -Help Ss know


home how to learn at
home

WEEK 29
PERIOD 85 UNIT 10 : OUR HOUSES IN THE FUTURE
DATE: A CLOSER LOOK 2

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know how to use Simple
Future to talk about actions we think are likely to happen in the future and Might for future
possibility.
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures, cassette

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s RATIONALE


ACTIVITIES
5’ I/WARMER : Pelmanism/ Matching Play the game in -Make class more
Robot Phone Flowers groups exciting and attract
Clothes Children Give feedback Ss to learn English.
Picture 1 Picture 2 Picture 2 Picture
3 Picture 4
6’ II/ ACTIVITY 2 :
- Look at these examples & give - Help Ss know the
the structures : Ask Ss to give the grammar
I will travel to the Moon by super car grammar point
in the future.
We won’t live in that cottage in the Explain the structures
future.
Will they live on the Moon ?
Affarmative : S + will + V.0 Copy
Negative : S + won’t + V.0
Question form : Will + S + V.0 … ?
Yes, S + will
No, S + won’t
→ To talk about actions we think are
9’ likely to happen in the future. -Help Ss apply the
III/ ACTIVITY 3 : Complete the Give the task & an tense fluently
conversation with will/won’t : example
Ex : 1 – Will … Do the task in groups
@ AK : 2. won’t , 3. will, 4. will, 5. Give feedback
7’ will, 6. will, 7. will, 8. won’t , 9. will, - Practise writing
10. won’t fluently
IV/ ACTIVITY 4 : Do the task

146
- Match the verbs in A with the individually Practice speaking
nouns in B :
Ex : 1-d : do housework Practice speaking in
@ AK : 2. f, 3. a, 4. g, 5. b, 6. h, 7. e, pairs
8. c
8 - Tell your partner what Practice speaking
appliances will do in the future.
Ex : Robots will cook meals .
V/ ACTIVITY 5 : Give the task & an
- Look at the example & give the example
structures Ask Ss to give the
Ex : We might have robots do our grammar point
housework.
Affirmative : S + might + V.0 Explain the structures
Negative : S + might not + V.0 Copy
8’ → To talk about action that are -Train Ss’listening
possible in the future ( We are not sure
if they will happen or not )
VI/ ACTIVITY 6 : Play the recording
- Listen & read the two poems Listen & read & do
and then write T/F : the task
Ex : 1 . Jenny thinks we might live Give feedback
2’ with robots. – T
@ AK : 2. T , 3. F, 4. F, 5. T, 6. F
-Help Ss know how
VII/ HOMEWORK : to learn at home
- Think about what you might do
or have in the future. Do the task at home
Ex : I might have a smart phone to surf
the internet.
- Prepare : The game
( Communication )
@ Note :
Present and future
May and might+ infinitive without to are used to
express present or future possibility. May expresses
a greater degree of certainty:
You should ask him. He may/might know Susan's
telephone number. (Perhaps he knows her number.)
I may/might see you later. (Perhaps I will see you
later.)
You should introduce yourself; he might not
remember you. (Perhaps she doesn't/won't
remember you.)
May and might are usually not used to introduce a
question. Instead we can use Do you think? or be
likely to/that:
Do you think he may/might know Susan's telephone
number?
Are you likely to get here before 8?
Is it likely that you will get here before 8?
( http://www.grammaring.com/possibility )

WEEK 29
PERIOD 86 UNIT 10 : OUR HOUSES IN THE FUTURE
DATE:
COMMUNICATION

147
* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to practice “ might ‘’ and “
won’t ‘’ for action future through speaking practice.
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures.
TIME CONTENTS T & S’s ACTIVITIES RATIONALE
5’ I/WARMER : Matching/ Run through the cues - Make class more
Pelnanism for the activity exciting and attract
Go to school take pictures Do the task Ss to learn English.

15’ Picture 1 Picture 2 … Run through the phrases - Help Ss know some
for the task words before
II/ ACTIVITY 2 : Play the game in groups practising
- Game : Things we might
do in the future
+ go to school - Set the scene
+ take pictures with our camera Practice speaking
….
Ex : In the future, we won’t go
on holiday to the beach but we Give comments to the
20’ might go on holiday to the class
Moon. -Train Ss’ reading
Read through the
III/ ACTIVITY 3 : Class questions answer
survey – Home in the future Practice in pairs
Ex : Will you live in a hi – tech
house ? Yes
Give the task &
- Interview : examples
You : Hi, Nam. Will you live in Role play in pairs
a hi – tech house in the future ?
Nam : Yes, I will. -Practise speaking
You : Will your house be in fluently.
space ? Tell the class about the
Nam : Oh, no. It won’t. interview
You : SO where will it be ?
Nam : I’m not sure. It might be
by the sea.

5’ In the future, Nam will live in a


hi –tech house. It won’t be in -Help Ss know how to
space. It might be by the sea. learn at home
Do the task at home
IV/ HOMEWORK :
- Write about your future
house by using the
answers at part 2a.
Ex : My future house is near the
sea. …

WEEK 29
PERIOD 87 UNIT 10 : OUR HOUSES IN THE FUTURE
DATE:
SKILL 1

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know a different kind of
house and some appliances through reading and speaking practice.

148
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures.

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ I/WARMER : Network Give the task & - Make class more
examples exciting and attract
Do the task in groups Ss to learn English.
Household
TV Give comments to the
appliances
Fridge class

10’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES : - Help Ss know some


- Pre – teach Vocab : words before
+ helicopter (n ) : máy bay trực Use pictures, examples practising
thăng for the task
+ smart ( a ) : thong minh Copy
+ planet ( n ) : hành tinh
- Look at the picture & Run through the pictures
discuss with a partner : & questions for the task
Ex : What type of house do Do the task in groups
15’ you think it is ?
III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES : -Train Ss reading
- Check the ideas from 1 . Quickly the text &
- Match the phrases in A check the answers
with the correct ones in B. Give the task & an
Ex : 1 – a example
Read the text & do the
@ AK : 1- a, e, c, h ; 2- b,d,f,g task
- Answer the questions: Give feedback
Ex : Where will the house be
located ?
It’s located on the ocean. Read the passage again
@ AK : & answer the questions
2/ There will be a swimming pool Give feedback
in front and a large flower garden
behind the house.
3/ No
4/ They will do the housework
( clean the floors … )
10’ IV/ POST – ACTIVITES : -Train Ss’listening
- Listen & draw : Draw a house/
Ex : My house will be on theappliances -Revise the present
Moon. … ( Don’t show the partner simple of Be and
I will have a smart phone to
) Have
talk to my friends on other planets
Tell the partner
Listen & draw
5’ HOMEWORK : Perform the task in front -Help Ss know how
- Write about your future of the class. to learn at home
house by using the
information from post Do the task at home
activities \.

WEEK 30 UNIT 10 : OUR HOUSES IN THE FUTURE


PERIOD 88 SKILL 2
149
DATE:

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to describe a dream house
and appliances through listening and writing practice.
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures.

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


I/WARMER : Put the words into Give the task & - Make class more
5’ correct columns : examples exciting and attract
Farmhouse, cable TV, fridge, Do the task in groups Ss to learn English.
caravan, UFO, skyscraper, Give comments to the
dishwasher, washing machine class
Types of house Appliances
Farmhouse Dishwasher
… ….

5’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES : Look at the pictures & - Help Ss know some
- Describe something about tell something about words before
the houses : the houses practising
Ex : It’s surrounded by the trees. Work in groups
- Guess whose houses : Predict the answers
Ex : Nick – picture 1.

20’ III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES : Play the recording -Train Ss’listening


- Check the prediction. Listen and check the
- Listen and tick the correct answers
column.
Linda Nick
1. park view ü Play the recording -Train Ss’listening
2. city view ü again
3. sea view ü Listen & do the task
4. swimming ü Give feedback
pool
5. garden ü
6. cable TV ü
7. quiet ü
- Discuss the following ideas Run through the - Practise speaking
about your dream house; questions
Ex : What type of house it is ?
- Write a dream house by Do the task in pairs and
using the information from then individually
the discussion.
Ex : My dream house is a -Feedback
farmhouse. …
IV/ POST – ACTIVITES :
10’ Write the writing on the -Train Ss’ writing
- Correct the writing.
board
Give comments to the
5’ class
V/ HOMEWORK :
- Write about your future -Help Ss know how
house by using the Do the task at home to learn at home
information from post
activities .
@ Tapecrips :
150
Nick : Can you tell me about your
dream house, Linda ?
Linda : Well, my dream home is a
big villa near the coast with a great
view of the sea. It has a swimming
pool, and it has a garden too.
Nick : What kind of garden ?
Linda : A flower garden, you know.
And my dream house will be a
quiet one. You see, no noise.
Nick : My dream house is
completely different.
Linda : Really ? What is it like ?
Nick : It’s an apartment in the city.
And it has a super cable TV so I can
watch films from other planets.
Linda : Oh, that sounds great !
Nick : I don’t need a yard or a
garden. In front of the house I want
it to have a nice park view, and at
the back, I want it to have a great
city view.
Linda : That sounds interesting too.
But I think it’ll be …

WEEK 30
PERIOD 89 UNIT 10 : OUR HOUSES IN THE FUTURE
DATE:
LOOKING BACK & PROJECT

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to review of the languages
they have learnt in this unit as well as identify any dificulities or weak areas and provide further
practice.
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures.

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s RATIONALE


ACTIVITIES
5’ I/WARMER : Label the pictures Give the task & - Make class more
Ex : a- robot examples exciting and attract
Do the task in groups Ss to learn English.
@ AK : b – automatic dishwasher Give feedback for the
C – wireless TV task - Help Ss notice.
d- automatic washing
machine
e- modern fridge
f – smart clock
10’ II/ PRACTICE : - Practise writing
- Think about what
appliances will do in the
future : Run through the cues
1. robot Clean our houses, and give examples
wash our clothes
2. automatic

151
washing
machine
3. wireless
TV
4. super car
5. smart Do the task -Train Ss’ speaking
clock individually and then
6. automatic in pairs
dishwasher
Ex : Will robots clean your house in Give comments for the
the future ? class
Yes, they will.
- Complete the sentences with
will or won’t :
Ex : 1 – won’t
@ AK : 2. will , 3. will , 4. won’t, 5.
will, 6. won’t Practice speaking in -Train Ss’ speaking
- Complete the sentences with pairs
might or might not.
15’ Ex : 1 – might
Run through the
@ AK : 2. might , 3. might , 4.
might not, , 5. might, might sentences for the task
Do the task individuall
- Think about an appliance
Look at the poster &
you would like to have in the
10’ future. description and then -Train Ss’ speaking
do the task
Ex : I will have a robot. It will help
Do
me take care of the flowers in the the task
garden. individually and then
5’ in pairs -Help Ss know how
III/ HOMEWORK : to learn at home
- Make a poster for your Do the task at home
appliance at home

WEEK 30
PERIOD 90 UNIT 11 : OUR GREENER WORLD
DATE: GETTING STARTED

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to describe environmental
problems and their effects through language activities.
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures, cassette

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s RATIONALE


ACTIVITIES
5’ I/WARMER : Kim’s games Give the task - Make class more
Do the task in groups exciting and attract
Ss to learn English.
Motorbike bag Give feedback for
water the task
Air noise fish
plants
Green picnic
10’ II/ PRE – ACTIVITIES : - Help Ss know some
- Pre- teach vocab : Use pictures & words before
situations for the task practising reading
152
+ reuse /rijuz/ ( v) : tái sử
dụng Copy
+ pollution /pəluʃ ə n/ ( n ) :
sự ô nhiễm
+ deforestation /difɒr.ɪsteɪʃ ə n/
( n ) : nạn phá rừng Run through the -Q-A
- Introduce the situation: questions
Who are they ? ( Mi & Nick ) Answer the questions
Where are they ? ( talking)
20’ What might they be talking - Practise speaking
about ? Play the recording the instructions
III/ WHILE – ACTIVITIES : Listen, read and
- Read & check the check the predictions - Practise reading
answer skill
- Complete the following
sentences. Use no more
than three words in Do the task - Practise reading
each blank. individually and then skill
Ex : 1. on a picnic in pairs
@ AK : 2. reusable , natural Give comments for
3. the check – out 4/ a usable , the class
5. cycling

Run through the - Practise reading


pictures & phrases skill
- Match the first half of for the task
the sentence with its Do the task
second half : individually
Ex : 1- b Play the recording
@ AK : 2.c, 3. a Listen & check and
2.Name the correct then repeat the
environmental problems : answers
Ex : 1 – soil pollution
@ AK : 2.deforestation, 3.
water pollution, 4. noise
pollution, 5. air pollution
Read “ watch out ‘’ - Practise reading
4.Match the causes with the first and then do the skill
effects : task
Ex : 1- b Give feedback
@ AK : 2.d, 3. e, 4. c, 5. a
+ make st/sb do sth
+ cause sth Guess the meanings -Train Ss’ speaking
of the expressions
- Check the expressions Explain the
mean and then fill in the expression
blanks : Do the task in pairs
1. I see = I understand Give feedback
2. By the way = In Practice speaking in
addition ( give more pairs
information, a new
subject )
3. Not at all = Don’t
153
mention/ No problem
4. ( “ no ‘’, “ not ‘’
strongly )
1/ I see 2/ Not at all
7’ 3/ By the way Run through the task - Practise speaking
III/ POST – ACTIVITIES : & examples
Game Do the task in groups
Give feedback
Environmental
problems &
effects

Air pollution
Water pollution

Breathing problems fish die


3’ -Help Ss know how
IV/ HOMEWORK : Do the task at home to learn at home
- Learn Vocab at home.
- Prepare : What does
the three R stand for ?

WEEK 31
PERIOD 91 UNIT 11 : OUR GREENER WORLD
DATE:
A CLOSER LOOK 1

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know what is 3R as well
as how to pronounce / ɑ / & / æ / .
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures, cassette

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s RATIONALE


ACTIVITIES
7’ I/WARMER : Write a word in the box Give the task - Make class more
under each picture : Do the task in groups exciting and
Ex : 1 – rubbish Give feedback for the attract
@ AK : 2. plastic bag, 3. glass , 4. task Ss to learn
plastic bottle , 5. can , 6/ noise, 7/ English.
paper, 8/ bulb, 9/ water, 10/ clothes - Help Ss know
10’ II/ACTIVITY 2 : Match the symbol in some words
A, to the word in B, and meaning in C before practising
Use pictures for the reading
task
Run through the cues
Recycle Reuse Reduce Do the task in pairs
@ AK : Reduce – using something less Give comments for
Reuse – using something again the class
Recycle – creating new
products from used materials
+ Recycling : Reprocessing an old item
such as a newspaper … and turning it

154
into a new product.
+ Reusing : Avoiding the reprocessing
procedure. It is when people use
something over and over again until it
cannot be used any more. For example,
a used plastic bottle can be used again
as a flower vase - Practise reading.
5’ III/ ACTIVITY 3 : Put the words into
groups : Run through the
Reduce Reuse Recycle words for the task
Rubbish, Plastic Rubbish, Do the task
plastic bag, bag, plastic bag, individually
noise, glass, glass, Give feedback
plastic plastic plastic
bottle, bottle, bottle, can,
paper, can, paper, bulb Play the recording
water paper, Listen & sing
bulb, together
water, Read out the words
clothes first -Train Ss’
10’ IV/ ACTIVITY 4 : Listen & sing Listen & repeat the listening.
- The “ Three Rs ‘’ song words
7’ V/ ACTIVITY 5 : / ɑ / & / æ / . Put the words into the
correct column
Play the recording
again to check
-Train Ss’
Do the task listening.
/ɑ/ /æ /
individually
Fast , plastic, Had, bag, apple, Listen & check the
glass, dance, activity answers
5’ answer, afternoon Give feedback
VI/ ACTIVITY 6 : Listen & write / ɑ Do the task at home
/ & / æ / below each underlined letter.
/ ɑ / : class, ask, father /æ /:
stand, have , that -Help Ss know
VII/ HOMEWORK :
1’ how to learn at
- Learn Vocab at home. home
- Prepare : Find in the
conversation the sentence with “
If ‘’

WEEK 31
PERIOD 92 UNIT 11 : OUR GREENER WORLD
DATE:
A CLOSER LOOK 2

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know how to use
Conditional Sentences – type 1 through language activities .
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures, cassette

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s RATIONALE


ACTIVITIES
5’ I/WARMER Activities to Give the task - Make class more
protect the
environment 155
Do the task in exciting and
groups attract

Plant more trees


go to school by bike
Ss to learn
10’ II/ACTIVITY 2 : Play the recording English.
- Listen & pay attention to the Listen &
conditional sentences – type 1. underline the
Ex : If we all use this kind ot bag, we’ ll sentences
help the environment. Explain the
If clause Main clause structures
Simple Present Simple Future Copy
Can + V.0

Diễn tả một điều kiện có thể xảy ra ở hiện tại


hay tương lai. - Help Ss know
5’ III/ ACTIVITY 3 : Put the words into the Run through the how to use the
correct form : cues Conditional
Ex : If it ( be ) sunny next week, we ( plan ) Do the task Sentences – type
the vegetables. – is, will plant individually 1.
@ AK :2/ recycle, will help, 3/ will save, Give comments
don’t waste … for the class
5’ IV/ ACTIVITY 4 : Match an if- clause in Give the task &
column A with a suitable main clause in examples - Practise doing
column B. Do the task in the grammar
Ex : 1. c pairs/ groups point.
@ AK : 2/ e, 3. b. 4. a. 5. d Give feedback
-Train Ss’ writing
10’ V/ ACTIVITY 5 : Write your own ideas Divide the class skill
to complete the sentences below. into two groups
Ex : If you walk to school, you will help A writes if clause
reduce air pollution. B writes main
2/ If you use recycled paper, … clause
3/ If the Earth becomes hotter, …
4/ If parents teach their children about the
three Rs, … Train Ss’ speaking
7’ VI/ ACTIVITY 6 : Fun Matching Make a sentence skill
Ex : If we go to school by bike, Ba will be by matching the
hungry ! clauses
-Help Ss know
3’ VII/ HOMEWORK : Do the task at how to learn at
- Do exercise 4 at home. home home
- Prepare : Find some common
activities for environment.

WEEK 31
PERIOD 93 UNIT 11 : OUR GREENER WORLD
DATE:
COMMUNICATION

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know how to do a survey
on How “ green ‘’ students are through speaking activities .
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures

156
TIME CONTENTS T & S’s ACTIVITIES RATIONALE
5’ I/WARMER : Missing words Give the task - Make class more
1/ B O T T L E Do the task in groups exciting and attract
2/ P A P E R Give feedback Ss to learn English.
3/ R U B B I S H
4/ V A S E
5/ F R I D G E
6/ C O M P U T E R
10’ II/ACTIVITY 2 : Use examples, - Help Ss know some
- Run through some gestures, picture for the words before
vocabulary : task practising reading
+ do a survey : ask people Listen & repeat the
questions to find out about their words/phrases
opinions or behaviours. Copy
+ be in need : not have enough
food, money ..
+ breeze : a light and pleasant Read through the
wind questions
+ wrap : cover or surround Answer them
something with paper.. individually
5’ III/ ACTIVITY 3 : Check the answers ( p. - Practise reading
- Read & answer the 57 )
questions. Count the points
Ex : 1 – a Practice speaking in
@ AK : ( p. 57 ) pairs
5’ IV/ ACTIVITY 4 : Find the differences
- Compare the answers with a
classmate : -Train Ss’ speaking
Ex : What will you do if you find a
beautiful old glass, Thanh ?
I will throw it away because
you don’t need it. Give the task &
15’ V/ ACTIVITY 5 : examples -Train Ss’ speaking
- Think of two more
questions to add to the
survey.
Ex : Work in groups to do
1/ If your classroom is dirty, you the task
will …
a. go out to play soccer
b. help your friends clean it. Share the questions
c. tell your form teacher
2/ If your friends waste much
water , you will .. Give feedback &
a. tell him to save water comments
b. not pay attention to it.
c. ask him to meet form teacher.

5’ VI/ HOMEWORK : -Help Ss know how


- Do a complete survey at Do the task at home to learn at home
home.
- Prepare : What will you do
to protect the environment ?

WEEK 32
UNIT 11 : OUR GREENER WORLD
157
SKILLS 1
PERIOD 94
DATE:

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know some tips to
become “ green ‘’ through reading and speaking practice.
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ I/WARMER : What will you do for Give the task - Make class more
these things ? Do the task in groups exciting and attract
+ old textbooks Give feedback Ss to learn English.
+ used water bottles
5’ II/ACTIVITY 2 : Use examples, picture
- Pre- teach Vocab : for the task - Help Ss know
+ tap /tæp/ ( n ) : vòi nước Copy some words before
+ unique /jʊˈnik/ ( a ) : duy nhất practising reading

+container /kənteɪ.nə r / ( n) : vật


chứa đựng
7’ III/ ACTIVITY 3 : Read through the tips - Practise reading
- Read the 3Rs Club poster Do the task the text
about tips to become “ green individually
‘’ and underline the words & Do pure feedback
phrases .
Ex : charity
8’ IV/ ACTIVITY 4 : Practise reading
- Match the words with their comprehension
meanings. Do the task in pairs
Ex : creative – unique and Check the answers
interesting. Saying the definitions
@ AK : Charity – giving things to Give feedback
people in need.
Swap – give st to a person
and receive st from him/her Practice speaking in
Reusable – can be used pairs
again ( Open answers )
7’ V/ ACTIVITY 5 : -Train Ss’ speaking
- Answer the questions Give the task &
Ex : What will you try to put in every examples
classroom ? Work in groups to do
- Recycling bins the task
10’ VI/ ACTIVITY 6 : Ask Ss to give some
- Read the tips again & put tips to the list
them into the easiest to most Ask Ss to write the list
difficult. on the board & explain
Ex : 9 – 2 - …. 4 the reason why
Give feedback &
comments
3’ VII/ HOMEWORK : Do the task at home -Help Ss know how
- Think of some creative ways to learn at home
to reuse :
+ old textbooks

158
+ used water bottles
- Prepare : Linking words to
show a sequence

PERIOD 92
UNIT 11 : OUR GREENER WORLD
DATE: 11/03 SKILLS 2

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to how to use connectors
to link one idea to another as well as how to show a sequence through listening and writing
practice.
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures, cassette.

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s RATIONALE


ACTIVITIES
5’ I/WARMER : Give the task - Make class more
Do the task in groups exciting and attract
recycling reuse Give feedback Ss to learn English.
money
energy light swap
encourage bus student
environment save
flower
garden uniform

10’ II/ACTIVITY 2 : Use examples, - Help Ss notice


- Pre- teach Vocab : picture for the task before listening
+ president / /prez.ɪ.d ə nt/ ( n ) : chủ Copy
tịch
+ set up ( v ) : thiết lập Read through the
rubric first

159
+fair / /feə r / : hội chợ Do the task
individually
+ exchange / /ɪkstʃeɪn d  ʒ/ : trao đổi
- Read the rubric of the
necessary qualities of the club
7’ president. Play the recording - Practise listening.
III/ ACTIVITY 3 : Listen and do the
- Listen & fill in the blanks : task
Ex : 1/ 6A Give feedback
@ AK : 2. recycling , 3/ saving lights
, 4/ book Listen the recording
5/ 6E, 6/ bus , 7/ gardening , 8/ again
8’ uniform Do the task Practise listening
IV/ ACTIVITY 4 : individually
- Listen & write T/F : Check the answers
Ex : F Give feedback
5’ @ AK : 2/ F , 3/ T, 4/ F, 5/ T -Train Ss’ speaking
V/ ACTIVITY 5 : Interview Practice speaking in
classmates pairs
What three things will you do if you Take notes
become the president of 3Rs club ?
I will ask members to plant more
trees around the schoolyard to make Give the task &
8’ the school green. examples -Practise writing
VI/ ACTIVITY 6 :Write a paragraph Ask Ss to pay much
by using the information from the attentions to the
interview. Study Skill
2’ Ex : He’s Nam from 6A10. … Give feedback -Help Ss know how
VII/ HOMEWORK : Do the task at home to learn at home
- Write a complete paragraph at
home. to go to school by
- Prepare : Vocabulary of three bus. It’ll be fun and
Rs. and save the
@ Tapescript : environment. Next, I
Mi : I’m Mi from class 6A. If I will set up a
become the president of the 3Rs gardening group. We
Club, firstly, I’ll talk to my friends can grow flowers in
about putting a recycling bins in our school garden.
every classroom. Then we can reuse Finally, I’ll organize
or sell the things we have in these some uniform fairs.
bins. Secondly, if we get a lot of There, students can
money from selling these things, swap their used
we’ll buy energy – saving lights for uniforms with
every class. Finally, I’ll organize a younger or older
few book fairs. There, students can students.
swap their used books .
Nam : I’m Nam from class 6E. If I
become the president of the Club, I’ll
encourage the students

PERIOD 93 UNIT 11 : OUR GREENER WORLD


DATE:14/03
LOOKING BACK & PROJECT

160
* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to complete the self –
assessment and identify any difficulities through doing further practice.
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures.

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s ACTIVITIES RATIONALE


5’ I/WARMER : Give the task - Make class more
Do the task in groups exciting and
Water Reduce Give feedback attract
Ss to learn
Envelope English.
can

Reus Recycle
e - Help Ss
10’ II/ACTIVITY 2 : Run through the task & speaking skill
- Ask & answer questions about examples
the 3Rs : Do the task in pairs
Ex : Can we reduce water use ?
Yes, we can
How ?
Don’t take a bath. - Help Ss writing
7’ III/ ACTIVITY 3 : Give the task & skill
- Complete the words and examples
phrases and then match with Do the task individually
the effects and them make a Give feedback
sentence
Ex : 1/ DEFORESTATION
@ AK : 2/ AIR POLLUTION , 3/
WATER POLLUTION , 4/ NOISE
POLLUTION, 5/ SOIL POLLUTION
1- b , 2 – e, 3 – a, 4. c, 5. d
8’ IV/ ACTIVITY 4 : Do the task individually -Help Ss write the
- Write the correct form of the Check the answers correct form of
verbs in brackets Give feedback the verbs
Ex : 1- is, will rise
@ AK : 2/ rises, will disappear, 3/
reduce, will have, 4/ don’t have, will
be, 5/ are, will be -Train Ss’
5’ V/ ACTIVITY 5 : Give the task & speaking
- Combine each pair of sentences examples
below to make a conditional sentence Do the task in pairs
– type 1. Give feedback
Ex : If students recycle and use
recycled materials, they will save
energy.
@AK : 2/ If we use …, we will make
, 3/ You will save … if you …, 4/
People will stop .. if they want …
5/ If you see …, what will … ? -Train Ss’
8’ VI/ ACTIVITY 6 : Interview three Practice speaking in speaking
classmates and note down the groups
answers.
Ex : What will you do if you have
some plastic bottles at home ? -Help Ss know
2’ VII/ HOMEWORK : Do the task at home how to learn at

161
- Do the Project. home

Eveluation:
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
……………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………..

162
WEEK 33
PERIOD 97 REVISION :UNIT 10&11
DATE:

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to complete the self –
assessment and identify any difficulities through doing further practice.
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures.

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s RATIONALE


ACTIVITIES
5’ I/ ACTIVITY 1 : Listen to the CD and put a tick (ü ) Give the task & - Make class
next to the sentence you hear: examples more
1.A. He went to the cinema Do the task exciting and
B. He wants to go to the cinema. individually attract
C. He waits at the cinema. Give feedback Ss to learn
2.A. We’ll go round. English.
B. We all go round.
C. The wheels goes round
3.A .His name is spelt F.A.R.R.I.N.G.T.O.N.
B.His name is spelt F.A.R.E.N.G.T.E.N.
C. His name is spelt F.I.R.I.N.G.T.O.N.
4. A. She walked all day.
B. She talked all day.
C. She worked all day.
5. A. He had a bad cut.
B. He had a bad cat.
C. He had a bad coat.
4’ - Make class
II/ACTIVITY 2 :
Give the task & more
Circle the letter preceding the word that has the
examples exciting and
underlined part pronounced differently from the rest.
Do the task attract
( 1 pts )
individually Ss to learn
1. A. dad B. hat C. plant D. happy
Give feedback English.
2. A. ask B. plastic C. back D.grandparent
3. A. hear B. clear C. bear D.
fear
5’
4. A. mouse B. shoulder C. around D. count
- Make class
III/ ACTIVITY 3 :
Give the task & more
Circle the correct answer A, B, C, or D to
examples exciting and
complete each of the following sentences. (2.5 pts)
1. If you cycle more, there_________less air pollution. Do the task attract
A. is B. are C. will be D. be individually Ss to learn
2. What would you like_____________? Give feedback English.
A. to drink B. drink C. drinking D. drank
3. You should_____________English more often.
A. speaking B. to speak C. spoke D. speak
4. I am interested___________learning English.
A. on B. in C. at D. with
5. _____________ makes fish die.
A. water pollution B. deforestation C. air pollution
8’ D. soil pollution Give the task & - Make class
IV/ ACTIVITY 4 : examples more
163
Read the following passage then answer the questions Do the task in exciting and
below (2 pts) pairs attract
My friend, James, has two jobs. On Mondays, Give feedback Ss to learn
Tuesday s and Wednesdays he works in a hospital. He English.
helps to take care of children who are ill. He goes to the
hospital by bus. He starts at ten o’clock and works until
quarter to five. On Thursdays and Fridays he works at
home. He has a computer in his bedroom and he writes
stories. In the evenings, one of his sons cooks a meal.
After dinner they look in the newspaper to see what’s on
TV or they talk about their day. They usually go to bed at
about midnight.
1. When does James work in the hospital?
2. What does he do in the hospital?
3. Where does he work on Thursdays and Fridays?
5’ 4. What do they do after dinner? Give the task &
V/ ACTIVITY 5 : examples
Combine each pair of sentences below to make a Do the task
conditional sentence - type 1. (2 pts) individually
1. We reuse bottles. We save a lot of money. Give feedback
2. You see a can in the road. What will you do?
15’ 3. The Earth is warmer. The sea level rises. Give feedback
VI/ ANSWER KEY :
I.
1A 2A 3C 4B 5A
II.
1.C 2.A 3.C 4.B
III.
1BC 2A 3D 4B 5A

Give feedback
IV.
1. On Mondays, Tuesdays and Wednesdays
2. He helps to take care of children who are ill.
3. On Thursdays and Fridays he works at home.
4. After dinner they look in the newspaper to see
what’s on TV or they talk about their day.
V If we reuse bottles, we will save a lot of money.
1. If you see a can in the road, what will you do?
2. If the Earth is warmer, the sea level will rise.
3. If we use the car all the time, we will make the air
dirty.
3’ -Advise Ss -Help Ss know
how to learn at
VII/ HOMEWORK :
home
-Review the Exercise
-Remind the old knowledge
-Prepare the test

164
PERIOD 9…
THE FOURTH TEST
DATE:

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to complete the self –
assessment and identify any difficulities through doing further practice.
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures.

TABLE OF SPECCIFICATION (TOS)


GRADE 6 (2014-2015) – The fourh test
Test No. (This is for test Ti
Ap
Re Un questio of paper coded me
p
ns items 132)
PART I /a/→ / æ / vs /e/ Q1,2 2x0.25=
Phonetics √ MCQ 2
0.5 m 3’
-Conditional √ MCQ 2 Q3,4 6x0.25= 10’
sentence 1.5 ms
PART I

Grammar -Tenses √ MCQ 1 Q5

-Vocabulary √ MCQ 3 Q6,7,8


3x0,5=
-Correct the 3 Q9,10,11 1,5ms
sentences
- MCQ √ MCQ 4 Q12,13,14,15, 4x0.25=
PART II * Cloze test (< 1.0 ms
100words): 10’
Reading T/F √ 6x0.25=
T/F 6 Q16-21 1,5ms

PART III MCQ √ MCQ 8 Q22-29 8x0.25=2, 10’


Listening 0m

PART IV Rewrite √ Writin 4 Q30-33 4x0.5= 6’


Writing g 2,0m

Total 2 27 4 33 10ms 45’

165
Họ tên: …………………… ĐỀ KT 1 TIẾT SỐ 4– NĂM HỌC: 2014-2015
Lớp: 6A…. MÔN: TIẾNG ANH - LỚP 6 (Thí điểm)

I - MARK THE LETTER A, B, C, OR D ON YOUR ANSWER SHEET TO INDICATE YOUR CHOICE : (3,5MS)
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word whose underlined part is
pronounced differently from that of the rest in each of the following questions from 1 to 2.:
Question 1: A. dad B. hat C. plant D. happy
Question 2: A. family B. apple C. hand D. dance
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the following
questions from 3 to 5.
Question 3: If more people cycle to school or to work, there…………………less air pollution.
A. will be B. be C. Will is D. are
Question 4: We will save a lot of water if we ……………..a shower instead of bath.
A. takes. B. is taking C. Will take D. take
Question 5: Tuan ……………….in the rain before.
A. have never walked B. Has never walked C. walked D. walks
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to indicate the word that is in good collocation
each of the following questions from 6 to 8.
Question 6: You can take these bottles to the factory to…………………………them.
A. Reduce B. recycle C. reuse D. cycle
Question 7: ………………….happens when water in lakes,rivers and oceans is polluted.
A. air pollution B. Soil pollution C. Water pollution D. Noise pollution
Question 8: ……………………….is the act of cutting down or burning the trees in an area.
A. deforestation B. rubbish C. flood D. Soil pollution
Mark the letter A, B, C, or D on your answer sheet to show the underlined part that needs correction in
each of the following questions from 9 to 1 : (1,5MS)
Question 9: Phuc is the more intelligent student in the class.
A B C D
Question 10: If we not pollute the soil, Plants will grow well .
A B C D
Question 11: We should reuse and recycling bottles and cans to reduce rubbish.
A B C D

II.Read the following passage and choose the best option from 12 to 15: (1,0ms)
AIR QUALITY
People need to breathe.If they don’t breath, they(12)…………… die.But how clean is the air
people breathe? If they breathe(13)……………….air, they will have breathing problem and
become ill. Plants and animals need (14)…………….. air, too.A lot of things in our lives
create harmfull gases and (15) ……………the air dirty, like cars, motorbikes and factories.
Air pollution can also make our Earth warmer. The problem of air pollution started with the
burning of coal in homes and offices.
Question 12: A. will B. are C. is D. must
Question 13: A. clean B. fresh C. dirty D. hot
Question 14: A. safe B. polluted C. clean D. dirty
Question 15: A. make B. get C. give D. do
Read the following passage and then decide if the statements are True (T) or False (F) on your answer
sheet to indicate the correct answer to each of the questions from 16 to 21:(1,5ms)

166
Hi my name is Nam. In 2030, I will live in Viet Nam on one hundred and fifty – second
floor of a tall apartment building. It will have a shinny white surface on the outside to
reflect the sunlight and keep it cool. On the inside, I will have central air conditioning.
The big screen for me to watch movies will also be a fish tank. When it is switched off, I
can see my pet fish swimming happily in it.
I will own a sky restaurant. My restaurant will be in mid air. My customer will take
special lift in a capsule to enter my restaurant.
In 2030, Viet Nam will still be a beautiful country. However, the grass and trees are
unlike today. They will be mostly in shades of yellow or brown. Life in this time will not
appear too different from today, except that the weather will become hoter.
True False
16. Nam will live on 125th floor of a tall aprtment
 
building.
17. The house will have a shinny white surface on the
 
outside to reflect the sunlight and keep it cool.
18. He wil have a special restaurant which is in mid air.  
19. His customer will go there by cars.  
20. Vietnam will be more beautiful country in 2030.  
21. The grass and trees in 2030 will be red and blue.  
III.Listen and do the tasks followed sentences from 22 to 29: (2ms)
Task 1: Read the information about the money Matter podcast. Then listen and choose the corect
answer ( 22 – 25)
22.Justine goes metal detecting with ………………………….
a. her friends B. Her dad C. Her mum
23. Justine goes metal detecting……………….
a. at the weekend B. When she goes on holiday C. When she isn’t at school.
24. Justine usually goes metal detecting……………….
a. near the sea b. In the park C. at school.
25. Justine…………….
a. has got 183 pound from metal detecting
b. pay 183 pound a year to go metal detecting.
c.bought her metal detector for 183 pound.
Task 2: Listen and choose the best answer from a,b,c ( 26 – 29)

167
PART IV - WRITE YOUR ANSWER ON THE PROVIDED ANSWER SHEET: (2ms)

Make meaningful sentences using the words given from 30 to 33.


E.g: Chau/ never/ swim/ in the sea.
→ Chau has never swum in the sea.
Question 30. If/ people/ pollute/ air/ a lot / fish/die.
_______________________________________________________________
Question 31. People/animals/ have hearing problems/ if/ there / noise pollution.
______________________________________________________.
Question 32. If/ I / become/ 3Rs president/ I / have/ uniform fairs.

Question 33. In/ future/ Robots/ help/ us/ housework/.


______________________________________________________.

----------THE END----------

PERIOD 9….
CORRECT THE FOURTH
DATE: TEST

I. (0.25/ each right answer)


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
c d a d c b c a

(0.5/ each right answer)

9 10 11
b a b

II. (0.25/ each right answer)


12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
a c c a F T T F T F

III. (0.25/ each right answer)

22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
168
b c b a b a c c

IV. (0.5/ each right answer)


30. If people pollute the air .A lot of fish will be die
31.People and animal will have hearing problems if there is noise pollution.
32 .If I become 3 Rs president, I will have uniform fairs.
33 .In the future, Robot will help us with housework.

PERIOD …… UNIT 12 : ROBOTS


DATE: GETTING STARTED

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know what robots can do
and practice talking about ability in the present .
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures , cassette

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s RATIONALE


ACTIVITIES
5’ I/WARMER : Give the task - Make class more
Do the task in exciting and attract
What can robots do ? groups Ss to learn
Give comments English.

Wash the dishes do the housework

10’ II/ACTIVITY 2 : Run through the - Help Ss know


- Listen, read and answer the task & examples some words before
questions : Play the recording practising reading
Ex : What could robots do in the past ? Listen and read &
They could do very simple things. do the task in pairs
@ AK :
2/ Yes, they can.
3/ They will be able to do many things
like human.
4/ No, they won’t.
7’ III/ ACTIVITY 3 : Give the task & - Practise reading
- Find the four types of robots in examples the instructions.
the conversation. Write the m Do the task in
under the pictures : groups of four
Ex : 1/ teaching robot Give feedback
@ AK : 2/ worker robots , 3/ doctor
robots
, 4/ home robot
8’ IV/ ACTIVITY 4 : Do the task -Train Ss’ speaking
- Match the activities with the individually
pictures. Play the recording
Ex : 1- c – do the laundry Listen & check the
@ AK : 2/ d , 3/ a , 4. b answers
5’ V/ ACTIVITY 5 : Give feedback
169
- Tell your friends what you can or
can’t do Practice speaking in
Ex : I can play guitar but I can’t climb a pairs/groups
mountain.
8’ VI/ ACTIVITY 6 : Give the task &
- Do the class survey : examples
Practice speaking in
Questions Yes No groups
1/ Can you play table Give feedback
tennis ?
2/ Can you do karate ?
3/ Can you play chess ?

Ex : Can you play the table tennis ?
Yes, I can.

VII/ HOMEWORK :
- Write the sentences at home.
Ex : I can play the table tennis.
2’ Do the task at home -Help Ss know how
to learn at home

UNIT 12 : ROBOTS
PERIOD …….. A CLOSER LOOK 1
DATE:

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know how to use “
Could ‘’ to talk about ability in the past as well as to pronounce / ɔɪ / & / aʊ / .
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures , cassette

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s RATIONALE


ACTIVITIES
5’ I/WARMER : Match the verbs in Give the task - Make class more
column A to the words/phrases in Do the task in groups exciting and attract
column B :
Ex : 1- c recognize our faces Ss to learn
5’ II/ACTIVITY 2 : Listen & correct English.
- Give feedback & explanation; Ask Ss to guess the
@ AK : 2/a , 3/ b, 4/ e. 5/ d meaning first & then
- Add more words or phrases. tell them the target
Ex : guard the factory. language - Help Ss know
10’ III/ ACTIVITY 3 : Do the task some words before
Ex : She could swim at the age of 7. individually practising reading
+ Grammar point : ‘’ Could ‘’ to talk
about ability in the past
Affirmative : S + could + V.0 Run through the task
Negative : S + could not + V.0 & examples
Interrogative : Could + S + V.0 … ? Explain the grammar
Yes, S + could through examples
No, S + couldn’t Copy
- Put the words in the correct

170
order.
Ex : Mary could do sums at the age of 7.
@ AK : Give the task &
2/ Could you read and write when you examples
were 6 ? Do the task in groups
3/ Robots could lift heavy things some Give feedback
years ago.
4/ Robots couldn’t move easily until
recent years. - Practise reading.
8’ IV/ ACTIVITY 4 : Practice speaking in
- Ask & answer what Ongaku pairs
could/couldn’t Give comments
Ex : Could Ongaku lift heavy things
5’ two years ago ?
Yes, it could. -Train Ss’
V/ ACTIVITY 5 : Play the recording listening.
- Listen and pay attention to the Listen & repeat
7’ sounds / ɔɪ / & / aʊ / Put the words in the
correct column.
/ ɔɪ / / aʊ /
Give feedback
Voice , boy, toy, Down, house.
noisy, boil Around, flower,
shout -Train Ss’
3’ VI/ ACTIVITY 6 : speaking
- Listen & circle the word you
hear :
Ex : 1 – oil
@AK : 2- cow, 3 – Ouch, 4- bow -Help Ss know
2’ VII/ HOMEWORK : Do the task at home how to learn at
- Listen the chant at home. home
- Prepare :
What could you do when you were 8
What can you do now ?

PERIOD …… UNIT 12 : ROBOTS


DATE: A CLOSER LOOK 2

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know how to use “ be
able to ‘’ to talk about ability in the future and review of “ can ‘’ & ‘ could ‘’ to talk about
ability.
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s RATIONALE


ACTIVITIES
5’ I/WARMER: Find S. O who could … Give the task - Make class more
Do the task in groups exciting and
read at the age of attract
7 Ss to learn
ride a bike at the English.
age of 6
sing at 3 years old
write at 4 years

171
old
10’ II/ACTIVITY 2 : Run through some - Help Ss know
@ Grammar point : Will be able to to examples to explain how to use the
talk about ability in the future. the task Comparative
S + will be able to + V.0 Copy adjectives.
S + will not/ won’t be able to + V.0
Will + S + be able to + V.0 … ?
Yes, S + will.
No, S + won’t
Ex : She will be able to ride a bike next
year.
He won’t be able to read until he’s
six.
Will robots be able to talk to people
in the future ?
8’ III/ ACTIVITY 3 : Put the words in Give the task &
the correct order : examples - Practise doing
Ex : In 2030, robots will be able to Do the task in groups the grammar
do many things like humans. Give feedback point.
@ AK :
2/ Will robots be able to talk to us then ?
3/ Robots won’t be able to play football.
4/ Will robots be able to recognize our
faces ?
7’ IV/ ACTIVITY 4 : Practice speaking in
- Ask & answer about the pairs -Train Ss’
activities ( 2, 3 ) : Give comments speaking
Ex : Will you be able to read an English
book when you are in Year 8 ?
Yes, I will./ No, I won’t . Read through the
10’ V/ ACTIVITY 5 : Look at the table
information & tell your friend what Work in pair
Kitty could do / can do and will be able Give comments
to do :
Ex : In the past, Kitty could lift heavy
things. …
5’ VII/ HOMEWORK :
- Do exercise 4, 5 -Help Ss know
- Prepare : What will robots be Do the task at home how to learn at
able to do in the future ? home

PERIOD ………. UNIT 12 : ROBOTS


DATE: COMUNICATION

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know what skills robot
have through listening and reading practice
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures . cassette

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s RATIONALE


ACTIVITIES
10’ I/WARMER : Correct exercise 4, 5 Do the task - Make class more
( A Closer Look 2 ) individually exciting and

172
@ 4 : 1/ couldn’t 2/ will be able to 3/ Give feedback attract
could, can Ss to learn
4/ won’t be able to 5/ can English.
@ 5 : 1/ will be able to recognize 2/
can make
3/ could do 4/ can guard - Help Ss know
5’ II/ACTIVITY 2 : Run through the some words
- Guess what skills robot questions before practising
could/can do ? Guess and answer the reading
Do washing up … questions
10’ III/ ACTIVITY 3 :
- Listen and check the answers : Play the recording
Comb hair, water the plants … Listen and correct the - Practise
10’ IV/ ACTIVITY 4 : prediction listening
- Listen and complete the gaps Play the recording
Ex : 1 –words again
@ AK : 2. shoes , 3. first , 4. school, 5. Listen and fill in the
water gaps
8’ V/ ACTIVITY 5 : Give feedback -Train Ss’
- Interview three people and speaking
complete the table :
Give the task &
Inteviewee What abilities does he/ examples
she want his/her robot Do the task in groups
to have Tell the results of the
interviews
Give comments

Ex : What do you want your robot to do,


Phong ? Write the results at
I want my robot to cook the meals. home

2’ VI/ HOMEWORK : -Help Ss know


Ex : Phong wants his robot to cook the Do the task at home how to learn at
meals. … home
- Prepare : What will robots be
able to do in the future ?

PERIOD ……
UNIT 12 : ROBOTS
DATE: SKILLS 1

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know what kinds of
robots and their skills through reading and speaking practice.
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s RATIONALE


ACTIVITIES
10’ I/WARMER : Do the task in groups - Make class more
Give feedback exciting and
Kind of robots attract
Ss to learn
Doctor robot English.
173
Space robots
- Help Ss know
5’ II/ACTIVITY 2 : Run through the some words
- Guess the meaning of the words & before practising
words ? Pictures reading
Ex : space robots … Guess and answer the
10’ III/ ACTIVITY 3 : questions
- Read & answer the questions. Read the text &
Ex : What show is on Ha Noi now ? check the prediction
A robot show Run through the
@ AK : questions
Do the task
2/ Young people are different in individually
home robots. Give feedback
3/ The children like to see them.
4/ There are worker robots, doctor
robots, and space robots. - Practise reading
10’ IV/ ACTIVITY 4 : the text
- Read & fill the table below :
Types of robots what they can
do .. Give the task &
Home robots cook , make tea .. examples
Teaching robots help children Do the task in groups
study … Give comments
Worker robots build houses,
buildings
Doctor robots help sick people
Space robots build space
stations …
-Train Ss’
8’ V/ ACTIVITY 5 : speaking
- What will robots be able to do in
the future ?
Types of robots what they will be
able ..
Home robots recognize our
faces Write the ideas
Teaching robots Practice speaking in
Worker robots pairs
Give comments
Doctor robots
Space robots

Ex : What will home robots be able to


do in the future , Nga ?
They will be able to recognize our
-Help Ss know
faces.
2’ Do the task at home how to learn at
VI/ HOMEWORK :
home
- Write a short paragraph to
answer “ Do you think home
robots will be able to recognize
our faces ? ‘’

PERIOD ………… UNIT 12 : ROBOTS


DATE:
SKILLS 2
174
* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson, students will be able to know to give an opinion
with some supporting ideas through listening and writing practice.
* MATERIALS : Posters, pictures., cassette

TIME CONTENTS T & S’s RATIONALE


ACTIVITIES
5’ I/WARMER : Do you agree or Run through the - Make class more
disagree with these statements ? statements exciting and
Ex : Soon robots will be able to do all of Discuss in groups attract
our work and we will live more Give comments Ss to learn
comfortably. English.
10’ II/ ACTIVITY 2 :
- Listen and find out which person Run through the
says what : statements
We will live more 1/ Vy Play the recording
comfortably in the near Listen and answer - Help Ss notice
future Give feedback before listening
Robots will be able to do 2/ Duy
dangerous work for us
If robots do all of our 3/ Mi
work, we will have
nothing to do.
Robots will not be able to 4/ Phong
do all of our work.
Some people will use 5/ Mi
robots to do bad things. - Practise
8’ III/ ACTIVITY 3 : Run through the listening.
- Listen & write T/F : statements
Ex : Vy disagrees with the idea that in Play the recording
the near future robots will be able to do Listen and answer
all our work. – F Give feedback
@ AK : 2/ T, 3/ T, 4/ F
2’ IV/ ACTIVITY 4 : Give the task &
- Complete the paragraph with the examples
phrases or sentences from the Do the task in groups
box. Give comments
Ex : 1 – b
@ AK : 2/ a , 3. c. 4/ d -Train Ss’
10’ V/ ACTIVITY 5: Do the task speaking
- Write a paragraph to support the individually
idea that robots will be very Correct the writing
useful in the future.
Ex : I agree with the idea that in the
future robots will be very useful to us.
Firstly, …

5’ VI/ HOMEWORK : -Help Ss know


- Write a complete paragraph at Do the task at home how to learn at
home. home

PERIOD ……….. Unit 12:


robots
Looking back & project
175
DATE:

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson students will be able to:


- Revise and make the use of all the target knowledge in unit 12.
- Use “will be able to” and “won’t be able to” to talk about future abilities.
* MATERIALS : - Text book
- Board, chalk,...
TIME CONTENTS T & S’s ACTIVITIES RATIONALE
5’ I/WARMER : Do you agree or Run through the - Make class more
disagree with these statements ? statements exciting and
Ex : Soon robots will be able to do all of Discuss in groups attract Ss to learn
our work and we will live more Give comments English.
comfortably.
10’ II. Vocabulary: Ss work individually to - Help Ss revise
1. Activity 1, 2: do exercises. the vocabulary
Activity 1.
Do the work individually and compare Asks Ss to compare
with partner their answer with their
Check the answer partner
1. cut 2. lift 3. tea Gives the answers
4. laundry 5. do
- asks Ss to do the
8’ Activity 2 exercise individually.
1. guard - Remind Ss that the
2. make words, phrases and
3. understand sentences around the
4. recognise blanks will provide the
context for them to
choose the correct
verbs.
Check the answers with
their partners.
2’ III. Grammar - Asks Ss to do the -Help Ss revise
* Activity 3: Gap fill exercise individually. the phrase
1. will be able to Check the answers with
2. won’t be able to their partners.
3 will be able to - T checks with the
4. will____be able to whole class
5. won’t be able to

* Activity 4
1. Will robots be able to make coffee in
the future?
- Yes, they will / No, they won’t. - asks Ss to do the -Help Ss revise
2. Could he ride a bike when he was in exercise individually. the tenses
Year 6? Check the answers with
- Yeas, he could / No, he couldn’t. their partners.
3. Can you do the dishes? - T checks with the
- Yes, I can / No, I can’t. whole class
* Activity 5: Writing
- I could swim when I was 10. - Have SS write on
- I can ride a bike now. their notebooks.
- I can speak English better when I
finish Year 6.

176
..... - Practice
- asks Ss to do the speaking fluently
10’ III. Communication exercise individually.
Activity 6. - Teacher goes around
1c 2d 3a 4b to help weaker Ss.
- T checks with the
whole class

 Project: My future appliance - Have SS write on


I will have a robot. It will help me take their notebooks
care of the flowers in the gardern. - Have Ss read the
questions and answers
once or twice.
5’ VI/ HOMEWORK : - Ask Ss to do the -Help Ss know
-Summarize the main point of exercise individually how to learn at
the lesson. then compare in pairs. home
-Review all the lessons.

PERIOD ………… Review 4


DATE:

* OBJECTIVES : By the end of the lesson students will be able to:


review the language they have learnt include: pronunciation, vocabulary and grammar they
have learnt from unit 10, 11, 12 by doing exercises.
* MATERIALS : - Text book
- Board, chalk,...
TIME CONTENTS T & S’s ACTIVITIES RATIONALE
3’ I/WARMER - Make class
Conditional sentence type 1 -Have Ss work in 2 more exciting
teams. and attract Ss
-Teacher checks with to learn
` English.
What you have learnt whole class.
in units 10-12?

Will be able to
Could

40’ II.PRACTICE: - Ss work individually. -Help Ss


A. Pronuciation: - T plays the recording. revise the old
* Activity 1 Ss listen and check. knowledge
Which underlined sound is pronounced
differently in each group?
1A 2C 3B 4A 5A Ss do this task -Help Ss
B. Vocabulary: separately and share revise the old
* Activity 2: their answers later with knowledge
1. Deforestation 2. Air a partner.
3. noise 4. soil - T checks with whole
class.
* Activity 3:
177
1. recognise 2. guards - Ask Ss to do this
3. make 4. do exercise individually.
- T quickly checks -Help Ss
C. Grammar: students’ answers. revise the old
Activity 4: knowledge

1. will be 2. will use 3. won’t -beT elicits from Ss the


form and the use of
4. won’t need 5. will bring will for future
prediction.
Activity 5: - Call a student to do -Help Ss
1. If we continue to pullute the air, we will the exercise on the revise the old
have breathing problems. board while other knowledge
2. If we (can) prevent deforestation, we will students do it.
help animals and the planet. - T elicits from Ss the
3. If we recycle more, we will save a lot of form and the use of
materials. conditional sentence
type 1.
Activity 6: Ss do this task
1. might meet 2. will leave separately and share
their answers later with
3. will go 4. might visit a partner.
5. might go - T checks with whole
class.

- T elicits from Ss the


form and the use of -Help Ss
might. Ask Ss to tell revise the old
D. Everyday English the differences knowledge
Activity 7 between the use of will
do the task in pairs and might
1. a 2. c 3. b

* SKILLS - Call a student to do -Help Ss


A. Reading the exercise on the revise the old
* Ex1+2 (individual) board while other knowledge
KEY: students do it.
Ex1: 1A 2B 3C 4D - Ss do this task in
Ex2: 1A 2B 3A 4A pairs.
- T checks with whole
class. -Help Ss
B. Speaking: - Ask some pairs to act practise
*Ex3. Work in pairs. You are going to design out the short speaking skill
your future house. Discuss the questions. conversations.
*Ex4: Work in groups. Take turns describing
your future house and try to persuade your - Ss do individually
group members to live in it. Who has the and check their
best future house in your group? answers with a partner
My future house is....... before giving their
answers to T. T
confirms the correct
answers
C. Listening: - T checks Ss’s
*Ex5. (individual) answers .
KEY : -Help Ss

178
1 4 - Have Ss work in practise
2 5 pairs, discussing the listening skill
3 6 questions in 3.
- T goes around to help
D. Writing: Write about what you should do weaker Ss.
to improve the environment. Use the ideas -Help Ss
from 5 or your own ideas. - Teacher brainstorms practise
with Ss for the writing skill
I think we can do many things to improve language necessary for
the environment aroun us. Firstly, we should writing and note some
recycle more rubbish such as glass, paper, useful expressions and
plastic,... Next, we should pick up rubbish in
language on the board.
parks or in the street. Then, we can use
reusable bags instead of plastic bags. - Have Ss write the
Finally, we should save energy. We can turn draft first, then ask
off lights and TVs when we are not using them to write their
them. final version in class or
at home.
III.Homework :
Teacher gets students to retell what
2’ they have learnt. Teacher remind Ss -Help Ss know
Prepare for the next lesson: EXERCISES how to learn at
home

ReviSION FOR THE


PERIOD ………….
DATE: second exam 1

ĐỀ KIỂM 1 TIẾT SỐ 3 – NĂM HỌC: 2012-2013


MÔN: TIẾNG ANH - LỚP 6 (Thí điểm)

A - LISTENING (2.0 pts)


Part 1: People are talking about sports. Are these statements true or false? Listen
and check the correct answer. You will hear the recording twice.

179
Part 2: Listen to a student’s report about how young people spend their free time.
Check how often people do these activities. You will hear the recording twice.

B- LEXICO-GRAMMAR (2.5 pts)


Choose the best answer by circling A, B, C or D:
11. A man on a television or radio programme who gives a weather forecast is a ______
A. newsreader B. weatherman C. MC D. TV viewer
12. We use ________ to change the channel from a distance.
A. volume button B. game show C. remote control D. TV schedule
13. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.
A. birthday B. through C. anything D. although
14. Find the word which has a different sound in the part underlined.
A. asked B. wanted C. stopped D. washed
15. Phong …………….to school at half past six every day.
A. go B. going C. goes D. is going
16. ______ I tried my best, I didn’t win the game.
A. Although B. Because C. So D. But
17. _________ do you play soccer? – Once or twice a week.
A. How long B. How much C. How far D. How often
18. We ________ many interesting places in Nha Trang last summer.
A. visit B. are visiting C. will visit D. visited
19. He __________ to school because he was sick.
A. isn’t go B. doesn’t go C. didn’t go D. wasn’t go
20. A: “Our team won the game” -B: “________”
A. See you. B. Congratulations! C. Thank you. D. Sorry, I can’t
C- READING COMPREHENSION (3.0 pts)
Part 1: Put a word from the box in each gap to complete
the following passage. Two words are not used.
compete competitive team individual win lose get
football

There are two main kinds of sports: team sports and (21) __________________
sports. Team sports are such sports as baseball, basketball and volleyball. Team sports
require two separate teams. The teams play against each other. They (22)
__________________ against each other in order to get the best score. For example, in a
(23) ____________________game, if team A gets 4 points and team B (24)
___________ 2 points, team A (25) __________ the game. Team sports are sometimes
called (26) _____________________ sports.
180
Part 2: Read the passage and tick ( ) in the correct box.
Most teenagers around the world watch TV. Many listen to the radio. In a lot of
countries, the most popular shows on TV are series. They show ordinary characters and
how they live. Many teenagers like pop music. There are lots of music programs on TV
and one satellite TV station only shows pop videos. In many countries, people can
receive satellite TV. Often in large cities, cable TV is available. With satellite and cable
TV, it’s possible to choose from a wide variety of programs.

Statements T F
27. Some teenagers around the world watch television
28. Series are popular in some countries.
29. Series show famous people and how they live
30. Many teenagers are interested in pop music
31. Cable TV is often available in big cities.
32. Satellite and cable TV help us to choose from a wide variety of
programs.

D- WRITING (2 pts)
Part1: Complete each sentence so it means the same as the sentence above.
33. It rained heavily so we stayed at home.
 We stayed at home
…………………………………………………………………………
34. Nam liked cartoon. Minh liked cartoon.
 Both Nam ………....
………………………………………………………………………..
35. Lan likes table tennis best.
Lan’sfavorite . …..
………………………………………………………………………….
36. She doesn’t want you to go out at night.
 She says: “……………………………………………………………………………..”
Part2: Complete these sentences about Ba.
37. Ba / enjoy watching TV / his free time.
……………………………………………………………………………………………
38. He / watch TV / half a hour / day.
……………………………………………………………………………………………
39. He / like / educational programmes / sports / most.
……………………………………………………………………………………………
40. I think / Ba / have / good TV watching habit.
……………………………………………………………………………………………
-------------- THE END --------------

181
PERIOD ………… ReviSION FOR THE
DATE:
second exam 2
SECTION A: PHONETICS
Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the
others by circling the corresponding letter A or B, C, D.
1. A. happy B. apple C. act D. aunt
2. A. mind B. bike C. fit D. tidy
3. A. school B. chair C. church D. chat
4. A. health B. team C. tea D. sea
5. A. sun B. fun C. son D. put
6. A. excited B. interested C. worried D. painted
7. A. use B. computer C. duty D. shut
8. A. chair B. fair C. pair D. are
9. A. how B. know C. town D. brown
10. A. season B. break C. great D. steak
SECTION B: VOCABULARY, GRAMMAR
I. Choose the best answer by circling its corresponding letter A, B, C or D
1. We always need more players. Why don’t you come ………………?
A. on B. along C. with D. after
2. Will you be home …………..dinner tonight?
A. to B. for C. at D. on
3. Giving a book report before the class is an interesting …………………..
A. act B. action C. activity D. deed
4. Do you go out ………..?
A. in the afternoon on Fridays B. on Fridays in the afternoon
C. on afternoons Friday D. on Friday afternoons
5. …………….lives in a very big house
A. A Queen of England B. Queen of England
C. The Queen of the England D. the Queen of England
6. On Sunday mornings I stay in bed …………..8 o’clock.
A. until B. at C. from D. to
7. I often ……………in winter.
A. go playing skiing B. go skiing
C.play skiing D. go to ski
8. Some young peole are working ……………hospital volunteers.
A. to be B. such as C. like D. as
9. We shouldn’t cross the street outside the …………….
A. pavement B. foot lane C. sidewalk D. zebra crossing
10. They …………..healthy after the summer vacation.
182
A. looked B. were seeming C. were looking D. were appearing
11. They meet their friends and …………some fun.
A. take B. have C. do D. enjoy
12. You should pay more …………….in class.
A. part B. care C. notice D. attention
13. He and his friends usually get ……… and talk about their stamps.
A. together B. themselves C. each other D. one another
14. He likes stamps. He is a stamp …………..
A. collect B. collecting C. collector D. collects
15. Don’t move. You have a ..................... leg.
A. break B. breaking C. broke D. broken
16. Choose a word that has different stress pattern:
A. beautiful B. vegetable C. breakfast D. apartment
17. We often go to the ………… to see wild animals.
A. zoo B. temple C. stadium D. hospital
18. Sorry I can’t come but thanks ………….
A. any ways B. any way C. anyway D. in anyway
19. Look at ………..girl over there.
A. one B. this C. that D. a
20. Would you like to come to my house for lunch?
A. Yes, I do B. I’d love to C. Yes, I like D. OK. I’d like
21. Their cows produce ..................
A. a lot of milk B. many milk C. lots milk D. a few milk
22. How often do you visit your grandparents ?
A. one a week B. once a week C. two week D. twice week
23. Can I help you ? - ......................, thanks.
A. No B. Yes C. Sir D. Oh
24. What about ………..some lemonade ? - That’s a good idea.
A. have B. having C. has D. having
25. ………………. long or short?
A. Does Nga have hair B. Is Nga’s hair
C. Is Nga hair D. Does Nga’s hair have
II. Fill in each blank with the correct form of the word given in capital:
1. You shouldn’t eat ……….food. HEALTH
2. We mustn’t be ……………….when we cross busy streets. CARE
3. She often feels …………………when she gets bad marks. HAPPY
4. Mai is ………….at math than me. GOOD
5. In our …………………, there is a post office and a supermarket. NEIGHBOR
6. There are two …………… in the livingroom BOOKSHELF
7. We like sport. We go …………. and do aerobics JOG
8. Nam is the ………………….. student in our class GOOD
9. There is a ……………………. rice paddy near my house BEAUTY
10. These children like ........................................ weather. SUN
IV. Circle the underline word or phrase that is incorrect
1. My mother is going to the market with my.
A B C D
2. Mr. Minh rides his bike to work at the moment.
A B C D
3. How many homework does Lan have every day?
A B C D

4. The Browns are traveling to Ho Chi Minh City in train


A B C D
5. I'm twenty-one year old and I' m a student.
A B C D
183
6. A lot of my friends play soccer, but not much of them play tennis
A B C D
7. Minh and his father are going to plant trees in the garden now
A B C D
8. Are they many students in your class?
A B C D

SECTION C: READING
I. Read the passage and then write True (T) or False(F) for each sentence below:
It’s six o’clock in the evening. Many people are at home. They are having dinner. They are
watching T.V. They are listening to music. But Mrs Bich is going to work. She’s a doctor and
she works at night in the hospital. Today she’s late. The hospital is not in her neighborhood so
she usually goes by car. Mrs Bich is in her car now. She’s driving fast. She should slow down but
she must be at work by six thirty. A policeman stops her. “ You are driving too fast !” , he says.
"You are going to have an accident". It’s six thirty. Mrs Bich is not at the hospital. She’s at the
police station. Her car must stay there for fourteen days.
T F

1. Many people are not working.

2. The hospital is near her house.

3. She drives too fast.

4. A policeman doesn’t keep her car.

5. She isn’t going to drive her car for two weeks

II. Read the passage and answer the questions:


Anna lives in a village in Africa. Her day starts at 4 o’clock. She gets up, and she walks
three kilometers to the river. She collects some water, and carries it back to her house. The water
is very heavy. It isn’t clean but there isn’t any water in the village. Anna doesn’t go to school.
She can’t read or write. She helps her mother in the house.
Questions:
1. Where does Salina live?
....................................................................

2. What does Salina do after she gets up?


....................................................................

3. Is the water clean?

SECTION D: WRITING
Use given words to rewrite the second sentence that the
meaning not change:
1. Does Mai’s house have five rooms ?
Are there ……………………………………………………………………... ?
2. My father rides his motorbike to work everyday.
184
My father travels ……………………………………………………………….
3. She goes to work at seven fifteen.
She goes to work at …………………………………………………………………………
4. My room is smaller than your room.
Your room ………………………………………………………………………………….
5. No house on the street is older than this house.
This house ………………………………………………………………………………….

WEEK 37
THE second examination
PERIOD 110-111
DATE:

DUYỆT CỦA TT DUYỆT CỦA BGH

185
Write about your dream house

- Type of house ?

- location?
- Number of rooms?
- Surroundings?
- Things in the house and what they will/ might do for you?

186

Вам также может понравиться